PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP
DEF 14A, 1994-03-11
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: MERCHANTS BANCSHARES INC, 10-Q/A, 1994-03-11
Next: FIRST FINANCIAL CORP /WI/, 8-K, 1994-03-11



















































                                    <PAGE>



PROXY                           CONSOLIDATED                      SUPPLEMENTAL
STATEMENT                         FINANCIAL                          FINANCIAL
                                 STATEMENTS                        INFORMATION




NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING                                       PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                               Group




TO THE SHAREOWNERS OF PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP:

The 1994 Annual  Meeting of Shareowners of Pacific Telesis  Group will be held
at the Masonic Auditorium, 1111 California Street,  San Francisco, California,
on Friday, April 29, 1994 at 10:00 a.m., for the following purposes:

1.  To  elect the  four directors  constituting Class  I of  the Corporation's
    Board of Directors to serve a three-year term.

2.  To  ratify the  appointment  of Coopers  &  Lybrand as  the  Corporation's
    independent auditors for the year 1994.

3.  To approve the adoption of the Corporation's 1994 Stock Incentive Plan.

4.  To act  upon other matters  that properly come  before the meeting  or any
    adjournment  thereof, such  as voting  on the  shareowner proposals  which
    begin  on page  25 of the  proxy statement.   (The  directors oppose these
    proposals.)

Shareowners of record at  the close of business on  February 28, 1994 will  be
entitled to vote at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting.








March 19, 1994                                               Richard W. Odgers
                                                             Secretary




















                                    <PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice of Annual Meeting                                           Page
                                                                   ----
Proxy Statement

    Voting of Shares ............................................    1

    Board of Directors ..........................................    2

    Election of Directors
         (Item A on Proxy Card) .................................    4

    Director Compensation and Related Transactions ..............    6

    Stock Ownership .............................................    9

    Report of the Compensation and Personnel Committee ..........   10

    Compensation and Personnel Committee Interlocks
         and Insider Participation ..............................   12

    Executive Compensation ......................................   12

    Ratification of Appointment of Auditors
         (Item B on Proxy Card) .................................   19

    Directors' Proposal to Approve 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
         (Item C on Proxy Card) .................................   19

    Shareowners' Proposals to:

         Eliminate the Staggered Board
            (Item D on Proxy Card) ..............................   25

         Institute a Salary Ceiling on Senior Executive
            Officer, Director or Consultant Compensation
            (Item E on Proxy Card) ..............................   26

         Link Chief Executive Compensation
            to Corporate Performance
            (Item F on Proxy Card)...............................   28

    Other Matters to Come Before the Meeting ....................   30

    Solicitation of Proxies .....................................   31

    Proposals for the 1995 Annual Meeting .......................   31

    Multiple Copies of Summary Annual Report to Shareowners .....   31
















                                    <PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS Cont'd

                                                                  Page
                                                                  ----
Annual Financial Review

    Management's Discussion and Analysis ........................ F-1

    Selected Financial and Operating Data ....................... F-25

    Report of Management ........................................ F-27

    Report of Independent Accountants ........................... F-29

    Consolidated Financial Statements ........................... F-30

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................. F-37

    Stock Trading Activity and Dividends Paid ................... F-64

PacTel Corporation and Subsidiaries Supplemental Financial
    Information ................................................. F-65












































                                    <PAGE>

Pacific Telesis Group
130 Kearny Street
San Francisco, California 94l08

                                PROXY STATEMENT

This  proxy  statement and  the  accompanying   proxy  card  are being  mailed
beginning  March 19,  1994  to  shareowners  of  Pacific  Telesis  Group  (the
"Corporation") in connection  with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of
Directors  (the  "Board")  for  the  Annual  Meeting of  Shareowners  ("Annual
Meeting") to be held on April 29, 1994.

Proxies are solicited to give  all shareowners of record on February  28, 1994
an  opportunity to vote on matters scheduled  for the meeting and described in
the proxy materials.  Shares can only be voted if the shareowner is present in
person or is represented by proxy.  Any person giving a proxy may revoke it at
any  time before the  meeting by  sending in a  written revocation  or a proxy
bearing a later date.  Shareowners  may also revoke their proxies by attending
the meeting in  person and casting  a ballot.  If  proxy cards are  signed and
returned  without specifying choices, the shares represented by the proxy card
will be voted as recommended by the Board.

The Corporation has adopted a policy that provides all  shareowners (with some
modifications  in  policy  for  shareowners  who  are  employee  benefit  plan
participants)  the  option  to  request  that  any  proxy,  ballot  or  voting
instruction  be kept confidential, except as required  by law, or in the event
of  a  contested  proxy solicitation,  or  to  the  extent confidentiality  is
expressly waived in writing by  the shareowner.  The policy also  provides for
the tabulation of the vote by employees of the Corporation's transfer agent or
by some other independent third party and for the certification of the vote by
an  independent inspector  of  election.   The  Corporation may,  however,  be
informed if a particular shareowner has  voted and may receive periodic status
reports on the  aggregate vote.  If you desire to keep your vote confidential,
please mark the designated box  on your proxy card.  Your  written comments on
proxies or ballots  may also be  made available to  the Corporation, but  your
name and address will not be disclosed if you request confidentiality.

VOTING OF SHARES

Your vote  is  important.   We  urge you  to  return your  marked  proxy  card
promptly.   The holders of a majority of the shares of common stock issued and
outstanding and entitled  to vote, whether present in person or represented by
proxy,  constitutes a quorum.  Shares represented by executed proxies received
by the  Corporation will be counted  as present or represented  at the meeting
for  purposes of  establishing  a quorum,  regardless of  how or  whether such
shares  are voted on  any specific proposal.   Abstentions will  be treated as
votes cast on a particular matter as well as shares present and represented at
the  meeting.   Where nominee  recordholders do  not vote  on  specific issues
because they  did not receive  specific instructions  on such issues  from the
beneficial owners of  such shares  (broker "nonvotes"),  such broker  nonvotes
will not be treated as either votes cast or shares present.

An affirmative  vote of the holders  of a plurality  of the votes cast  at the
meeting is required for the election of directors.  An affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the  shares present or represented at the  meeting is
required for  the approval  of each  of the other  matters to  be voted  upon.

                                       1








                                    <PAGE>

Highlights  of the meeting  will be included  in the Second  Quarter Report of
Shareowners which will be mailed in July.

If  a shareowner  is a  participant in  the Pacific  Telesis  Group Shareowner
Dividend Reinvestment and Stock  Purchase Plan, the proxy card  represents the
number of full shares in the  dividend reinvestment plan account on the record
date as well  as shares registered in the participant's name.  If a shareowner
is  a participant  in the  Pacific Telesis  Group Supplemental  Retirement and
Savings Plan  for Salaried Employees,  the Pacific Telesis  Group Supplemental
Retirement and Savings Plan for Nonsalaried Employees,  the PacTel Corporation
Retirement  Plan (collectively,  the "Savings Plans")  or the  Pacific Telesis
Group Employee  Stock Ownership Plan  (the "ESOP"), the  proxy card  will also
serve  as  a voting  instruction for  the trustees  of  those plans  where all
accounts are registered in the  same name.  Shares in the ESOP cannot be voted
unless the  card is signed  and returned.   If cards representing  the Savings
Plans are not returned, those shares will be voted by the trustees in the same
proportion  as  the  shares  for which  signed  cards  are  returned  by other
participants.

Shareowners of record  at the close of  business on February 28, 1994  will be
entitled  to  vote at  the meeting  or  any adjournment  of  the meeting.   On
February 28, 1994,  there were  424 million  shares of  common stock  ("Common
Stock") outstanding, each share being entitled to one vote.

The  Corporation does  not know of  any shareowner who  beneficially owns more
than five percent of the outstanding Common Stock.


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Regular meetings  of the  Board of  Directors are  held ten  times a  year and
special  meetings are scheduled when required.   The Board held 14 meetings in
1993.   No  incumbent director  attended fewer  than 75  percent of  the total
aggregate number  of board and committee  meetings on which he  or she served.
Directors  meet  their  responsibilities  not  only  by  attending  board  and
committee meetings, but also through communication with the Chairman and other
members of management on matters affecting the Corporation.

The  Board has  established a  number of  standing committees.  Standing Board
Committees  include  the   Audit,  Compensation  and   Personnel,  Nominating,
Corporate Public Policy,  Executive, Finance,  and Pension  and Savings  Plans
Committees.

The Audit Committee,  which consisted  of six nonemployee  directors in  1993,
meets with management to consider the adequacy of the internal controls of the
Corporation  and the objectivity of  its financial reporting.   This Committee
also  meets about these issues  with the independent  auditors, with financial
personnel of the Corporation  and with internal auditors.  The Audit Committee
recommends to the  Board the  appointment of the  independent auditors,  which
appointment  must be ratified by the shareowners  at the Annual Meeting.  Both
the internal  auditors and the  independent auditors  periodically meet  alone
with the Audit Committee and always have unrestricted access to the Committee.
The Audit Committee met five times in 1993.

The Compensation and Personnel ("C&P") Committee had five members during 1993,
all  of whom  were  nonemployee directors.    Other than  the Chairman,  whose

                                       2








                                    <PAGE>

compensation is  approved by the  full Board, the  C&P Committee  approves the
compensation  of  officers  within  the  authority  delegated  by  the  Board,
administers all executive benefit plans and provides oversight with respect to
employee benefit plans.  The C&P Committee met 12 times in 1993.

The Nominating Committee  advises and  makes recommendations to  the Board  on
matters concerning the  selection of  candidates as nominees  for election  as
directors.  In recommending Board candidates, this Committee seeks individuals
of proven judgment  and competence who are outstanding in their chosen fields.
It also considers factors such as education,  geographic location, anticipated
participation in Board activities and special talents or personal  attributes.
In 1993, seven directors, one of whom was an employee of the Corporation, were
members  of the  Nominating  Committee.    Shareowners  who  wish  to  suggest
qualified  candidates to the Nominating  Committee should write  to Richard W.
Odgers, Secretary of the  Corporation, at 130 Kearny  Street, Suite 3713,  San
Francisco, California 94108, stating  in detail the candidate's qualifications
for consideration by the Committee.   The Nominating Committee met five  times
in 1993.

If a shareowner wishes to nominate a director other than  a director nominated
by the Nominating Committee for that year, he  or she must comply with certain
procedures set out in the Corporation's By-Laws.  (See page 30, "Other Matters
to Come Before the Meeting.")

Directors  will  hold office  until the  end of  their  terms and  until their
successors  have been  elected  and qualified  or  until the  retirement  date
specified by the  Board, whichever date shall first occur.   Directors who are
also  employees (other than retired Chief Executive Officers) will retire from
the  Board when  they retire from  the Corporation.   It  is the Corporation's
policy  that directors will retire not later than the end of the calendar year
in which they reach 70 years of age.

On  March 10,  1994,  the Board  of  Directors approved  the  spin-off of  the
Corporation's wireless operations by means of a one-for-one stock distribution
of PacTel Corporation  to the  Corporation's shareowners.   In February  1994,
PacTel Corporation announced a new  corporate name and identity which  it will
use  after the spin-off.   The new  name is AirTouch  Communications.  Pacific
Telesis Group  will continue to own  Pacific Bell and Pacific  Bell Directory,
Nevada  Bell and several  smaller units.   The  wireless operations  have been
capitalized through an  initial public offering  of stock in December  of 1993
and  will be spun  off as a  totally independent  company which will  focus on
domestic  and international  cellular  and paging  operations, and  a domestic
vehicle location business.

Following  the spin-off of PacTel Corporation and its wireless operations, the
Corporation and the wireless  company will have no common  directors, officers
or employees.   At the effective date  of the spin-off, Sam  Ginn, C. Lee Cox,
James R.  Harvey and Paul Hazen  will resign as directors  of the Corporation.
Sam Ginn,  currently Chairman  and Chief  Executive Officer,  and C.  Lee Cox,
currently Group President - PacTel Companies, will also resign as  officers of
the Corporation.   Philip  J. Quigley  will become Chairman  of the  Board and
Chief  Executive Officer of the  Corporation and will  remain as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Pacific Bell.




                                       3








                                    <PAGE>


ELECTION  OF DIRECTORS (ITEM A  ON PROXY CARD   -  DIRECTORS  RECOMMEND A VOTE
"FOR")

At the effective date of the spin-off, the size of the Board of Directors will
be reduced from 14 to 10 members and there will be no vacancies on  the Board.
The  Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation  divide  the  Board into  three
approximately equal  classes of directors serving  staggered three-year terms,
with one class of  directors to be elected at  each Annual Meeting.   The four
nominees in  Class I, as described  below, are nominated for  election at this
year's Annual Meeting.

The proxy  holders named  on the proxy  card, unless  otherwise instructed  on
proxy cards that have been signed and returned, will vote for the  election of
the four  nominees listed  below.   These nominees have  been selected  by the
Board on the recommendation of the  Nominating Committee.  If you do  not wish
your  shares  to  be  voted  for  particular  nominees,  please  identify  the
exceptions on the proxy card.

If  one or more of the nominees should become unavailable to serve at the time
of  the  meeting, the  shares  represented  by proxy  will  be  voted for  the
remaining  nominees  and  for  any   substitute  nominees  designated  by  the
Nominating Committee.   If there are  no substitute nominees, the  size of the
Board will be reduced.  The Nominating Committee knows of no reason why any of
the nominees will be unavailable or unable to serve.

The following is a brief description  of the principal occupation for at least
the past five years, other major affiliations, and the age of each director.


CLASS I -  NOMINEES FOR ELECTION TO TERMS EXPIRING IN 1997:

HERMAN E. GALLEGOS, 63, Director, Gallegos Institutional Investors Corporation
(investment brokerage firm) since 1990.

Mr. Gallegos is  a director  of Union Bank.   He  has been a  director of  the
Corporation  since 1983  and  is  Chairman  of  the  Corporate  Public  Policy
Committee; member of the Audit and Pension and Savings Plans Committees.


PHILIP  J. QUIGLEY,  51, Chairman  - Designate  at Spin-off;  Group President,
Pacific Telesis Group since 1988.

Mr. Quigley has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Pacific Bell
since 1987.  He will become Chairman of the Board and  Chief Executive Officer
of   the  Corporation  at  spin-off.  Mr. Quigley  is  a  director  of  Varian
Associates.  He  has been a  director of the Corporation  since 1988 and  is a
member of the Executive and Finance Committees.


TONI REMBE, 58, Partner, Pillsbury Madison & Sutro (law firm) since 1971.

Ms. Rembe is  a trustee of the  American Conservatory Theater,  Mills College,
Van Loben  Sels Foundation  and a  member of  the Board  of  Governors of  the
Commonwealth Club of  California.   She is  a director  of American  President
Companies, Ltd.,  Potlatch Corporation and Safeco Corporation.   Ms. Rembe has

                                       4








                                    <PAGE>

been a  director of  the Corporation since  1991.   She is  Chairwoman of  the
Nominating  Committee and a  member of the  Audit and Corporate  Public Policy
Committees.


S.  DONLEY RITCHEY, 60, Managing  Partner, Alpine Partners.   Retired Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, Lucky Stores, Inc.

Mr. Ritchey is a trustee of the Rosenberg Foundation.  He is a director of the
Brown  Group, De  La Salle  Institute, East  Bay Community  Foundation, Hughes
Markets,  Inc.,  McClatchy Newspapers,  Inc.  and  Spreckels Industries,  Inc.
Mr. Ritchey has been a director of  the Corporation since 1984 and is Chairman
of the Compensation  and Personnel Committee; member of  the Audit and Finance
Committees.


CLASS II - TERM EXPIRES AT 1995 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREOWNERS:

WILLIAM  P. CLARK, 62, Chief Executive Officer of the Clark Companies (family-
held corporations) since 1958.

Mr. Clark is a  lawyer, rancher, retired California Supreme Court  Justice and
former  Secretary of the United States Department  of Interior.  Mr. Clark has
been a director of the Corporation since 1985 and is a member of the Corporate
Public Policy, Nominating, and Pension & Savings Plans Committees.


IVAN J. HOUSTON, 68, Chairman of the Board, Golden State Mutual Life Insurance
Company since 1980.

Mr. Houston  was Chief Executive Officer of Golden State Mutual Life from 1970
through 1990.   He is President  and a director  of the Golden State  Minority
Foundation.  Mr. Houston is a director of First Interstate Bank of California.
He  has been a director of  the Corporation since 1983 and  is Chairman of the
Audit  Committee;  member  of  the  Corporate  Public  Policy  and  Nominating
Committees.


MARY  S. METZ, 56,  Dean of University Extension,  University of California at
Berkeley since 1991.

Dr. Metz  is President  Emerita of Mills  College.   She is  a trustee of  the
American Conservatory  Theater  and  Rosenberg  Foundation.    Dr. Metz  is  a
director of the Cowell Foundation, Longs Drugs Stores Corporation, Pacific Gas
and  Electric Company  and  Union  Bank.   She  has  been  a director  of  the
Corporation since  1986 and is a  member of the Audit,  Executive, and Pension
and Savings Plans Committees.


CLASS III - TERM EXPIRES AT 1996 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREOWNERS:


FRANK C. HERRINGER,  51, President and  Chief Executive Officer,  Transamerica
Corporation since 1991.

Mr.  Herringer is  a director  of Transamerica  Corporation, Sedgwick  plc and

                                       5








                                    <PAGE>

Unocal  Corporation.  He  has been a  director of the  Corporation since 1994;
member of the Compensation and Personnel and Finance Committees.


DONALD E. GUINN, 61, Chairman Emeritus, Pacific Telesis Group since 1988.

Mr. Guinn served as Chairman of  the Board and Chief Executive Officer of  the
Corporation from 1987  through 1988; Chairman,  President and Chief  Executive
Officer from  1985 through 1987  and Chairman of  the Board from  1984 through
1988.  He is Chairman Emeritus of  Pacific Bell and served as Chairman of  the
Board  from 1984  through  1988.   Mr. Guinn  is a  trustee of  the California
Institute of Technology and a director of Bank of America Corporation and Bank
of  America NT&SA, Brunswick Corporation,  The Dial Corp,  Pacific Mutual Life
Insurance Company  and Pyramid Technology Corporation.   Mr. Guinn  has been a
director  of  the  Corporation since  1983;  member  of  the Compensation  and
Personnel, Executive, Finance and Nominating Committees.


LEWIS E.  PLATT, 52,  Chairman of  the  Board, President  and Chief  Executive
Officer, Hewlett-Packard Company (manufacturer of  electronic equipment) since
1993, President and Chief Executive Officer since 1992.

Mr. Platt was an Executive Vice President of Hewlett-Packard Company from 1987
through 1992.   He is a director of Hewlett-Packard Company and Molex Inc.  He
has been a director of the Corporation since 1994.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

For  service on  the Board  of Directors  during 1993,  directors who  are not
employees  received an annual  retainer of $20,000,  a fee of  $1,200 for each
board  meeting attended and $600 for participating in board teleconferences, a
fee of $800 for each committee  meeting attended and $400 for participation in
committee  teleconferences.  Chairmen of the Audit, C&P and Finance Committees
each received an additional  retainer of $5,000.  Other  nonemployee directors
who  chair committees  received additional  annual retainers  of $4,000.   All
nonemployee  directors served  on special  committee assignments  and received
compensation  in  an   aggregate  amount  of   $68,716  for  committee   work.
Nonemployee directors may elect to defer the receipt of all or a part of their
fees  and  retainers.    These  deferred  amounts  earn  interest,  compounded
annually, at a rate determined  by the Board.  The rate for 1993  was equal to
11 percent.  A trust has been established and  assets have been contributed by
the  Corporation,  consisting  thus  far  primarily  of  corporate-owned  life
insurance,  cash and other investments  from which benefits  consisting of the
deferrals  and earnings  on  such  deferrals  described  above  may  be  paid.
Directors  who are  also employees  of the  Corporation receive  no additional
remuneration  for serving  as directors  or as  members  of committees  of the
Board.  Directors are entitled  to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses in
connection with attendance at board and committee meetings.

Nonemployee directors  are reimbursed for certain  telecommunications services
and  equipment provided  by subsidiaries  of the Corporation.   They  are also
reimbursed for costs  incurred when certain  telecommunications  services  and
equipment are provided  by other companies.  The average  cost per nonemployee
director for  telecommunications services  and equipment provided  during 1993
was $5,541.  Employee directors receive similar services and equipment as part

                                       6








                                    <PAGE>

of their compensation as officers.

The Corporation  also provided  a travel  accident  insurance policy  covering
nonemployee directors on Corporation business, at an aggregate cost of $810.

Nonemployee  directors  serving  as  of the  date  of  the  1990  reduction in
directors' mandatory  retirement age  will receive at  retirement, a  one-time
payment equal to $20,000 (which was the amount of the 1990 annual retainer).

Under the  Nonemployee Director Stock Option  Plan, on January 26,  1990, each
incumbent nonemployee director  received options to  purchase 2,000 shares  of
Common Stock at $46.125 per share, which vested 50 percent in each of 1991 and
1992.    Each incumbent  nonemployee  director  was granted  2,000  additional
options on  the date  of the  Corporation's Annual Meeting  of Shareowners  in
1992, 50 percent of which vested in 1993 and  the remainder of which will vest
in  1994 on the second  anniversary of the  grant.  The exercise  price of all
options granted under the plan is the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date  of grant.   Options  expire if  not exercised  within ten  years and
earlier under certain circumstances.   Contingent upon shareowner approval  of
the 1994 Stock  Incentive Plan, the Nonemployee Director Stock Option Plan was
terminated by the Board of Directors effective December 31, 1993.  Outstanding
options  will continue  in effect  under the  terms of  the grant,  except the
exercise price  will be adjusted  upon the spin-off  of PacTel  Corporation to
reflect  the  price of  the Corporation's  Common  Stock upon  distribution of
PacTel shares  to shareowners  of  the Corporation.    If not  terminated  and
replaced  by the  1994 Stock  Incentive Plan,  the Nonemployee  Director Stock
Option Plan would  contemplate similar  grants of 2,000  options to  incumbent
nonemployee  directors on the  date of the  Annual Meetings in  1994, 1996 and
1998,  with a grant of 1,000 options  to any nonemployee director appointed in
an intervening year.

Under  the Pacific Telesis Group  Nonemployee Director Stock  Grant Plan, each
incumbent nonemployee director who  had served as a director since  January 1,
1991 received a  grant of  250 shares of  Common Stock in  1992.   Nonemployee
directors whose  service  began after  January  1, 1991  received  a grant  of
250 shares in each  of 1992 and 1993.  Contingent  upon shareowner approval of
the  1994 Stock Incentive Plan, the Nonemployee  Director Stock Grant Plan was
terminated by  the Board  of Directors  effective December 31,  1993.   If not
terminated  and replaced  by the  1994 Stock  Incentive Plan,  the Nonemployee
Director  Stock Grant Plan would provide for a  grant of 250 shares in 1994 to
nonemployee directors who  received the 1992  and 1993 grants  and a grant  of
750 shares in three  annual installments of 250 shares on  a specified date to
each new  nonemployee director  whose service  begins on  or after  January 1,
1994.

Upon the  latest to  occur of  (1) retirement,  (2) attaining age  65, or  (3)
disability,  directors who are not employees and  who have served for at least
three years  receive pensions  for life  equal to a  percentage of  the annual
retainer in effect  at the time of  retirement.  This  percentage is equal  to
15 percent  multiplied by  the  director's years  of  service (not  to  exceed
100 percent).

In  1993, the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries obtained legal services from
the law firm of Pillsbury Madison & Sutro, of which Ms. Rembe is a  member, on
terms which the  Corporation believes  were as  favorable as  would have  been
obtained from unaffiliated parties.

                                       7








                                    <PAGE>


The  Corporation is  a  party  to  certain  agreements  with  subsidiaries  of
Transamerica  Corporation  ("Transamerica")  whereby  the  Corporation  or its
subsidiaries have the  option or  the obligation to  purchase under  specified
conditions  the  equity  interests  that the  Transamerica  subsidiaries  have
acquired in certain Chicago cable television properties, at a price sufficient
to   cover  the  costs  Transamerica  has  incurred  in  connection  with  the
acquisition.  Two subsidiaries of Transamerica borrowed $60 million from banks
to cover the acquisition costs, and the Corporation guaranteed the borrowings.
Interest accruing  on the loans, which will be  added to the loan amounts, may
accrue to  a maximum of $136  million.  The Transamerica  subsidiaries will be
paid a  total of $400,000 per  year for the option, plus  certain  transaction
costs such as legal fees.  The Transamerica subsidiaries were paid $416,446 in
1993  in  connection  with  the transaction.    Messrs.  Ginn  and Harvey  are
directors  of  Transamerica.    Mr. Herringer is  President,  Chief  Executive
Officer and a director of Transamerica.

Transactions between  the Corporation and Hewlett-Packard  Company ("H-P") for
equipment repair and maintenance, training and support  amounted to $4,413,154
in 1993.   In January 1994,  Pacific Telesis Video Services  ("PTVS") a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Corporation, and H-P announced a plan to work together
on  an interactive video system to offer consumers video-on-demand services by
the end  of the year.   H-P will  provide large video  servers as  the central
element  of the  PTVS system.    This transaction  is valued  at approximately
$10 million.    Mr.  Platt  is Chairman  of  the  Board,  President and  Chief
Executive Officer of Hewlett-Packard Company.

Members of Mr. Gallegos' and Mr. Quigley's immediate families were employed by
Pacific Bell,  a subsidiary  of  the Corporation,  and were  paid  a total  of
$134,792 in  1993.    Amounts  paid  to  these  employees  are  comparable  to
compensation paid to other employees performing similar job functions.


























                                       8








                                    <PAGE>

STOCK OWNERSHIP

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
beneficially  owned on  February  28, 1994  by  the directors,  the  executive
officers named in the Summary Compensation Table on page 13  and all directors
and executive officers as a group (including shares acquired under the Pacific
Telesis  Group Supplemental Retirement and Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
as of  November 30,  1993),  and their  exercisable options.    The number  of
directors  and  officers at  February 28,  1994  includes seven  directors and
officers who will resign at spin-off as described above.  Nonemployee director
stock ownership and exercisable options include shares of Common Stock granted
in 1992 and  1993 under the Nonemployee Director Stock  Grant Plan and options
granted under the Nonemployee Stock Option Plan as described above.  The total
number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the group is  less than
one percent of the class outstanding.

                                  Amount and Nature of        Presently
Name of Beneficial Owner          Beneficial Ownership   Exercisable Options
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
William P. Clark ..............          5,091 (1)             3,000
C. Lee Cox.....................          6,600                93,000
Myron Du Bain .................         16,753                 3,000
Herman E. Gallegos ............          2,246                 3,000
Sam Ginn ......................         22,715 (1)(2)        166,600
Donald E. Guinn ...............         40,820 (1)             3,000
James R. Harvey ...............          2,467 (1)             3,000
Paul Hazen ....................          1,750                 3,000
Frank C. Herringer ............          2,004 (3)                 0
Ivan J. Houston ...............          2,061 (1)             3,000
Mary S. Metz ..................          2,095 (1)             3,000
Jim R. Moberg .................          4,566                39,600
Richard W. Odgers .............          1,612                39,600
Lewis E. Platt ................              0                     0
Philip J. Quigley .............          6,691 (1)           109,400
Toni Rembe ....................          1,573                 2,000
S. Donley Ritchey .............          3,116 (1)             3,000
All directors and officers as
  a group (23 persons).........        132,438 (4)           585,535
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Includes  the following shares of the Corporation's Common Stock in which
     the named persons  share voting  and investment power:  Mr. Clark,  2,960
     shares; Mr. Du  Bain, 13,853 shares; Mr.  Ginn, 2,580 shares;  Mr. Guinn,
     40,320 shares;  Mr.  Harvey, 2,467  shares;  Mr. Houston,  1,313  shares;
     Dr. Metz, 348 shares;  Mr. Quigley, 3,520  shares and Mr. Ritchey,  3,116
     shares.

(2)  Includes  one  share beneficially  owned  by dependent  child,  for which
     beneficial ownership is disclaimed.

(3)  Includes four shares beneficially  owned by spouse, for  which beneficial
     ownership is disclaimed.

(4)  Includes 374 shares beneficially owned by a spouse and acquired under the
     Pacific  Telesis  Group  Supplemental  Retirement and  Savings  Plan  for
     Salaried Employees and the Pacific Telesis Group Employee Stock Ownership
     Plan, for which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.

                                       9








                                    <PAGE>

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE

The  Board of Directors has  established the following  ongoing principles and
objectives for the Corporation's executive compensation program.

     o  Provide compensation opportunities  that will  help attract,  motivate
        and retain highly qualified managers and executives.

     o  Link  executives'  total  compensation   to  company  performance  and
        individual job performance.

     o  Provide   an  appropriate   balance  between  incentives   focused  on
        achievement of annual business plans and longer term incentives linked
        to increases in shareowner value.

The   Corporation's  executive   compensation   programs   are  approved   and
administered by  the  C&P Committee.    The  program is  designed  to  provide
competitive  compensation   opportunities  for  all  corporate   officers  and
managers.

The Corporation  retains the  services of  an  outside executive  compensation
consulting firm to advise the C&P Committee on executive compensation matters.
The  consultant reviews the appropriateness of the design of the Corporation's
various plans in meeting the objectives set forth above.

In addition, the consultant  provides the C&P Committee with aggregate data on
compensation paid  to executives  in comparable  positions in  other companies
that are representative of the labor markets in which the Corporation competes
for executive  talent.  These are companies  that are comparable in complexity
to the Corporation  and are of similar size which,  in 1993, was approximately
$10 billion in  revenues.  The Corporation sets total compensation targets for
good performance in the middle of the range of rates paid by these companies.

Competitive  data are  derived from  survey data  bases maintained  by various
consulting firms.  These data bases may, but do not  necessarily, include data
from the firms used in  the peer group performance comparison shown at the end
of this  section.  The C&P Committee periodically reviews these data to ensure
the Corporation's pay levels are in line with its competitive targets.

Cash compensation of the Corporation's executive officers is highly related to
company performance.   The Corporation's  Short Term  Incentive Plan  ("STIP")
provides annual cash  awards contingent upon the  degree to which  the company
meets  or exceeds  an  annual net  income goal  determined  during the  annual
financial planning process and approved by the  C&P Committee.  These criteria
are used  in determining awards  for all other  employees as well.   Depending
upon performance actual awards can range  from 0 to 150 percent of the  annual
target award  amount approved  by  the C&P  Committee.   In  addition the  C&P
Committee may grant from  time to time special awards to recognize outstanding
contributions.

The Corporation's Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") provides awards contingent
upon the achievement of  performance objectives over a three-year  period that
correlate strongly to shareowner returns.  Awards are denominated in shares of
Common  Stock and dividend equivalents are paid during the performance period.
At the end of  the period, awards are paid either in shares of Common Stock or
in cash  valued at the average price of the  Common Stock for a ten-day period

                                      10








                                    <PAGE>

in January.

The current measures of performance under this plan are:

     o  Cash Flow  Return on Investment in  the third year of  the performance
        period.

     o  Cumulative Net Cash Flow over the three-year period.

     o  Total  Investor Return relative to  the Total Investor  Return of four
        comparator groups.   These comparator groups are  the Regional Holding
        Companies,   Independent   Telecommunications  Companies,   California
        Utilities and the Dow Jones Industrial Average.

The performance targets  are set by the C&P Committee  in consideration of the
performance levels projected in the Corporation's business plan and the levels
of  return  required   to  meet  investor   expectations.    Investor   return
expectations are based  on an analysis of stock market  data by an independent
third party.

Compensation  of  the  Chairman   and  Chief  Executive  Officer  ("CEO")   is
administered by the C&P Committee with concurrence  of the Board of Directors.
The  Corporation has  adopted a philosophy  of tying  a large  fraction of the
CEO's total compensation to performance.   In 1993, Mr. Ginn's base salary was
set at a level somewhat  below competitive average.  Two-thirds of  his target
total cash compensation was contingent on company performance.

Mr. Ginn's actual total cash  compensation increased in 1993 as compared  with
1992 primarily as a result of  the increases in Mr. Ginn's 1993 bonus  and his
LTIP award for the  1991-1993 award cycle compared to the amount  paid for the
1990-1992 cycle.   These increases reflect the  degree to which  financial and
other targets were achieved as well as strong improvement in total shareholder
return in 1993.

The  1994 Stock Incentive Plan  contains provisions intended  to exempt option
grants from the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code that
limits future tax deductions for certain compensation paid to the five highest
paid executives  to $1  million  per individual  in any  calendar  year.   The
Corporation believes that grants currently outstanding under the Corporation's
1984 Stock  Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and LTIP are exempt from
the  cap.   The  Corporation  has  not amended  its  other  variable plans  in
consideration  of  Section  162(m) as  final  regulations  have  not yet  been
published and  payments of base salary and the Company's STIP are not expected
to  exceed  $1  million  for  any  covered  executive  for  1994.   The  final
regulations implementing Section 162(m)  are expected later this year  and the
Committee will review  the Corporation's  STIP and LTIP  and take  appropriate
action at that time.

THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE

S. Donley Ritchey, Chairman                 Paul Hazen
Donald E. Guinn                             Frank C. Herringer
James R. Harvey




                                      11








                                    <PAGE>


COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The members of  the C&P  Committee during 1993  were:  Myron Du Bain  (Retired
December  31,  1993),  Donald  E.  Guinn, James  R.  Harvey,  Paul  Hazen  and
S. Donley Ritchey.   No current  officer of the Corporation  serves on the C&P
Committee  and there  were no "interlocks"  as defined  by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission in 1993.   Mr. Guinn is  the former Chairman of  the Board
and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  Mr. Hazen is President, Chief
Operating Officer  and a Director of  Wells Fargo & Company.   The Corporation
maintains  banking relationships in the ordinary course of business with Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table discloses compensation received by the Corporation's Chief
Executive Officer  and the four other most  highly paid executive officers for
the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1993.






































                                      12






                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                            Long Term Compensation
                                                                            -----------------------
                                        Annual Compensation                   Awards       Payouts
                                     ------------------------               ----------   ----------
          (A)                  (B)      (C)         (D)            (E)        (F)           (G)           (H)          (C+D+G)
                                                                  Other                     LTIP         *All          **Total
                                                                 Annual      Options/     Payouts        Other           Cash
    Name & Position           Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)     Comp ($)       SARs         ($)         Comp ($)       Comp ($)
- ---------------------------   ----   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    -----------   -----------
<S>                           <S>     <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
S. Ginn                       1993    $743,542     $793,200      $92,819           0      $591,548       $118,398     $2,128,290
Chairman of the Board and     1992     709,167      581,000       85,769      90,000       337,885        101,612      1,628,052
Chief Executive Officer       1991     686,250      427,450       88,747           0       640,052         75,384      1,753,752

C. L. Cox                     1993     458,417      291,200       45,566           0       320,432         80,227      1,070,049
Group President,              1992     420,792      292,640       45,326      57,000       187,084         63,652        900,516
PacTel Companies              1991     391,292      242,050       51,135           0       356,685         43,497        990,027

P. J. Quigley                 1993     458,417      291,200       46,499           0       320,432         50,101      1,070,049
Group President,              1992     420,792      292,640       45,576      57,000       187,084         33,422        900,516
Bell Operating Companies      1991     391,292      242,050       49,845           0       356,685         25,450        990,027

R. W. Odgers                  1993     324,458      268,000       28,764           0       188,209         43,688        780,667
Executive Vice President,     1992     311,708      168,740       27,818      25,000       110,833         34,012        591,281
General Counsel, External     1991     304,375      139,050       31,036           0       214,011         23,661        657,436
Affairs and Secretary

J. R. Moberg                  1993     324,375      238,000       29,129           0       188,209         70,340        750,584
Executive Vice President,     1992     309,125      168,740       28,090      25,000       110,833         53,267        588,698
Human Resources               1991     287,683      139,050       31,547           0       214,011         35,092        640,744

   * Includes "above-market" interest on deferred compensation (1993 = $88,598, $61,827, $31,701, $30,688 and $57,340,
     respectively) and company contributions under the Pacific Telesis Group Supplemental Retirement and Savings Plan for
     Salaried Employees, including a "make-up-match" under the Executive Deferral Plan for amounts that were deferred and
     therefore not eligible for matching contributions under the Pacific Telesis Group Supplemental Retirement and Savings
     Plan for Salaried Employees ($29,800, $18,400, $18,400, $13,000 and $13,000, respectively).

  ** Includes Salary + Bonus + LTIP Payouts and does not include Dividend Equivalents which are included under Column E.
</TABLE>



                                                                  13





                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    OPTION AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS ("SAR") GRANTS

No stock option or SAR grants were awarded during fiscal year 1993 to the named executive officers.


The following table provides information on option/SAR exercises during the fiscal year
1993 by the named executive officers and the value of each of their unexercised
options/SARs at December 31, 1993.

                      AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                 AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

    (A)             (B)             (C)                   (D)                   (E)
                                                                             Value of
                                                       Number of            Unexercised
                                                      Unexercised           In-the-Money
                                                    Options/SARs at        Option/SARs AT
                                                       FY-End (#)            FY-End ($)*

               Shares Acquired      Value             Exercisable/          Exercisable/
   Name        on Exercise (#)    Realized ($)       Unexercisable         Unexercisable
- ------------   ---------------    ------------     -----------------    ------------------
<S>                  <C>            <C>                   <C>                <C>
S. Ginn          NO Exercises            n/a              166,600/0          $2,281,488/$0

C. L. Cox            14,390         $268,896               93,000/0           1,005,750/ 0

P. J. Quigley    NO Exercises            n/a              109,400/0           1,438,600/ 0

R. W. Odgers     NO Exercises            n/a               39,600/0             429,075/ 0

J. R. Moberg          4,500          115,031               39,600/0             429,075/ 0


 *  Based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange - Composite Transactions of
    the Corporation's Common Stock on December 31, 1993 of $54.25


</TABLE>




                                                                  14





                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The following table provides information on awards to the named executive officers during 1993
under the Long Term Incentive Plan.

                                       LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLANS* - AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                                                                 Estimated Future Payouts
                                                                            Under Nonstock Price-Based Plans
                                                                       -------------------------------------------
    (A)                     (B)                      (C)                   (D)             (E)            (F)
                      Number of Shares,        Performance or
                        Units** or           Other Period Until          Threshold        Target        Maximum
    Name              Other Rights(#)        Maturation or Payout      (# of Units)    (# of Units)   (# of Units)
- -----------------     ---------------        --------------------      ------------    ------------   ------------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>                       <C>             <C>           <C>
S. Ginn                   14,750                 Three Years               6,195           14,750        19,175

C. L. Cox                  6,850                 Three Years               2,877            6,850         8,905

P. J. Quigley              6,850                 Three Years               2,877            6,850         8,905

R. W. Odgers               3,975                 Three Years               1,670            3,975         5,168

J. R. Moberg               3,975                 Three Years               1,670            3,975         5,168

 * The Long Term Incentive Plan provides awards contingent upon the achievement of performance objectives set by the C&P
   Committee over a three-year period.  The above grants (column B) are for the three-year performance cycle which will end
   December 31, 1995.  The measures of performance under this Plan are:  (1) Cash Flow Return on Investment in the third year
   of the performance period; (2) Cumulative Net Cash Flow over the three-year period and (3) Total Investor Return relative
   to the Total Investor Return of four comparator groups.  These comparator groups are the Regional Holding Companies,
   Independent Telecommunications Companies, California Utilities and the Dow Jones Industrial Average.  The performance
   targets are set by the C&P Committee in consideration of the performance levels projected in the Corporation's business
   plan and the levels of return required to meet investor expectations.  Investor return expectations are based on an
   analysis of stock market data by an independent third party.

   Awards are denominated in shares of Common Stock and dividend equivalents are paid during the performance period.  At the
   end of the period, awards are paid either in shares of Common Stock or in cash valued at the average price of the Common
   Stock for a ten-day period in January.

** A unit is based on one share of Common Stock.
</TABLE>


                                                                  15







                                    <PAGE>

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The  stock  performance graph  shown below  is  not necessarily  indicative of
future price performance.  (See Appendix for narrative description.)



                      Comparison of Five Year Cumulative
                  Total Return for Pacific Telesis Group, the
                   Six Other Regional Holding Companies and
                               the S&P 500 Index


                                   G R A P H

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


PENSION PLANS

The  Corporation has  noncontributory pension  plans (both qualified  and non-
qualified) for salaried employees.  These plans  provide a monthly pension for
officers equal to 1.45 percent of base salary and the standard award under the
Short Term Incentive Plan  ("Compensation") averaged over the last  five years
of service  multiplied by years of service.  Effective January 1995, the years
of service for  this purpose will not  be more than the  greater of 30 or  the
actual  years of  service accrued  as of  December 31, 1994.   An  employee is
eligible  for a  pension at  age 65  after completing  five years  of service.
Pensions may begin earlier with or without an early payment discount depending
upon  age and length of service at retirement.  Retirement is mandatory at age
65 for officers and other senior managers.

These  plans also  provide for  a  minimum pension  of 45  percent of  average
Compensation for the officer's last five years of employment that will be paid
to any  officer designated  as eligible to  participate prior  to January  25,
1992, who serves  as an officer for  ten years and  leaves the Corporation  in
good standing at age 55 or thereafter.   This minimum pension is increased  by
an additional one percent per year, up to a maximum of 50 percent, at 15 years
or more of service as an officer.

Executives  who  are  hired at  age  35  or over  into  a  specified  level of
management ("mid-career  hires") and terminate  after completing five  or more
years  of service  at a  specified level,  receive additional  pension credits
equal to the difference between 35 and their maximum possible years of service
attainable at age  65, not to exceed actual net credited service, at a rate of
1.0 percent per  year, with a higher  rate of 1.45 percent per  year for those
years served as an officer.










                                      16








                                    <PAGE>


The  following  table shows  the total  annual  straight life  annuity pension
benefits  that would  be received by  an executive officer  of the Corporation
retiring  today at  age 65  under the  qualified and  nonqualified plans.   It
assumes various  specified levels  of total  years of  service and  of average
annual  Compensation during the  final five  years of  service.   The benefits
shown in  the table generally are  not subject to offsets  for Social Security
benefits or other payments.

Average Annual
 Compensation
 During Final               Years of Service Prior to Retirement
   Five Years    ----------------------------------------------------------
   of Service        15          20          25          30         35
===============  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========

   $  450,000     $ 97,875    $130,500    $163,125    $195,750    $228,375
      500,000      108,750     145,000     181,250     217,500     253,750
      650,000      141,375     188,500     235,625     282,750     329,875
      700,000      152,250     203,000     253,750     304,500     355,250
      800,000      174,000     232,000     290,000     348,000     406,000
      900,000      195,750     261,000     326,250     391,500     456,750
    1,000,000      217,500     290,000     362,500     435,000     507,500
    1,150,000      250,125     333,500     416,875     500,250     583,625
    1,250,000      271,875     362,500     453,125     543,750     634,375
    1,400,000      304,500     406,000     507,500     609,000     710,500
    1,500,000      326,250     435,000     543,750     652,500     761,250

===========================================================================

Pensions under the plans  may be paid as life annuities  or joint and survivor
annuities or  lump sum payment  at retirement.   Pensions under  the qualified
plan are not subject to offset or forfeiture.  Pensions under the nonqualified
plans are subject to forfeiture or reduction in certain circumstances.

The 1993 Compensation of Messrs. Ginn, Cox, Quigley, Odgers and Moberg covered
by the  qualified  and nonqualified  pension  plans is  $1,230,000,  $720,000,
$720,000,  $475,000 and  $475,000,  respectively.   The approximate  estimated
credited years of  service that will be used in  calculating a pension benefit
of Messrs.  Ginn, Cox, Quigley, Odgers and Moberg at  age 65 retirement is 35,
31,  30, 14 and 34, respectively.   Messrs. Ginn, Cox, Quigley and Moberg will
have  15 or  more years  of service  as an  officer at  age 65,  assuming they
continue as officers during the intervening  period and thus would be entitled
to the  greater of the  amount determined under the  table above or  a minimum
pension benefit  of 50 percent  of the average annual  Compensation during the
final five years of  service.  Mr. Odgers will have 14 years  of service as an
officer  at age 65 assuming he continues  as an officer during the intervening
period, and  thus should be entitled  to the greater of  the amount determined
under the table above or  a minimum pension benefit equal to 49 percent of the
average annual Compensation during his final five years of service.







                                      17








                                    <PAGE>


EMPLOYMENT  CONTRACTS AND  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT  OR CHANGE  IN  CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

The Corporation has entered into employment  agreements with certain officers,
including Messrs. Ginn,  Cox, Quigley,  Odgers and Moberg,  which provide  for
payments in  the event  of  an involuntary  termination of  employment.   Such
agreements do not  have a fixed  term and may be  terminated upon three  years
notice.    The agreements  will  automatically  terminate upon  the  voluntary
resignation  of   the  officer   (see  above  discussion   concerning  officer
resignations expected at  spin-off).  The  amount of  the payments depends  on
whether  the involuntary termination occurs within three years after a "change
in control."  If an officer's employment is involuntarily terminated for  some
reason other than cause, death or disability, whether or not there has  been a
change in control, the Corporation will make a cash payment of three times the
officer's base compensation  then in effect, plus 100 percent  of the standard
short term incentive award applicable for that calendar year and,  if all long
term incentive units are forfeited, an amount equal to the value of a share of
Common Stock on the date of employment termination multiplied by the number of
long term incentive units granted for the performance period that ends in that
calendar  year.   In  such event,  the Corporation  will  also compensate  the
officer for the termination  of nonstatutory stock options and SARs,  based on
the difference between fair market value of the Corporation's  Common Stock at
the effective date of termination and the  option price (in the case of  SARs,
the difference  between such fair market  value and the option  price at which
the stock option related to the SAR was granted).

Upon an involuntary termination (including a "constructive termination," which
is  defined  as a material reduction in responsibilities, a material reduction
in salary or benefits or a requirement to relocate) within three years after a
"change  in  control,"  the officer  shall  receive  a  severance payment,  in
addition  to  the  payments  described  in   the  succeeding  paragraph,  when
applicable, equal to approximately 200 percent of the officer's short and long
term incentive  awards for one year.  "Change in control" is defined generally
as a  party's acquisition, direct  or indirect, of  20 percent or  more of the
Corporation's securities,  a greater than  one-third change in  composition of
the Corporation's Board of Directors in 24 months that was not approved by the
majority of  existing directors, or certain mergers,  consolidations, sales or
liquidations of substantially all of the Corporation's assets.  Without regard
to  any other provision  of the employment  agreements, in the  event that the
Corporation's  auditors determine that any  portion of the  payment to be made
under the agreement  is nondeductible  by the Corporation  because of  Section
280G  of the  Internal Revenue  Code, payments  under the  agreements will  be
reduced to the extent of the nondeductible amount.

In  addition to the provisions  of the employment  agreements described above,
the  Corporation has also entered  into a supplemental  benefit agreement with
Mr. Odgers under which, if he voluntarily terminates his employment,  he would
receive  a  pension  (payable  in  any   of  the  forms  available  under  the
nonqualified pension plans) equal to a percentage (increasing ratably for each
month of employment,  beginning with 35 percent and ending  with 45 percent in
the  event of  termination in  or after  October 1997)  of his  average annual
compensation  (including base salary and  the standard short  term award under
the Short Term Incentive Plan) during the final five years of employment.  The
agreement  further provides that if Mr. Odgers is involuntarily terminated, or
if his  position or compensation  is materially  reduced, he  would receive  a

                                      18








                                    <PAGE>

pension equal  to 45 percent  of his  average annual  compensation during  his
final  five  years of  employment.   Any  payments  to Mr.  Odgers  under this
agreement would be  offset by benefits payable to him  under the qualified and
nonqualified plans of the  Corporation described under "Pension Plans"  in the
above discussion.

A  trust  has  been  established  and  assets  have  been  contributed by  the
Corporation,  consisting of  corporate-owned  life insurance,  cash and  other
investments, from  which benefits  for officers  under the  Executive Deferral
Plan  may be  paid.   The Board  has also  authorized the  establishment  of a
similar trust (with the contribution of assets in a similar manner) from which
various  nonqualified executive  retirement or  pension benefits may  be paid.
These trusts generally provide  that the C&P Committee may  issue instructions
to  the  trustee as  to  payment  of benefits  or  that  the Corporation  will
contribute sufficient assets to  the trust to fully fund benefit payments upon
a change in control.


RATIFICATION  OF APPOINTMENT  OF AUDITORS  (ITEM B ON  PROXY CARD  - DIRECTORS
RECOMMEND A VOTE "FOR")

Subject   to   shareowner  ratification,   the   Board   of  Directors,   upon
recommendation  of the Audit Committee, has  reappointed the firm of Coopers &
Lybrand, Certified Public Accountants, as independent accountants to audit the
financial statements  of the Corporation for the year 1994.  Coopers & Lybrand
has audited the Corporation's  financial statements for many years.  The Board
of Directors recommends that the shareowners vote "FOR" such ratification.  If
the  shareowners do  not  ratify this  appointment,  other certified    public
accountants will be considered  by the Board of Directors  upon recommendation
of the Audit Committee.

For  the year 1993, Coopers & Lybrand  audited the financial statements of the
Corporation and some of its subsidiaries, and provided other audit services to
the  Corporation in connection with Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
filings, the review of interim financial statements and audits of pension  and
other employee benefit plans.

One or  more members of  the firm  are expected  to be present  at the  Annual
Meeting and will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do
so and to respond to appropriate questions.


BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  PROPOSAL  TO APPROVE  PACIFIC  TELESIS GROUP  1994  STOCK
INCENTIVE PLAN (ITEM C ON PROXY CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "FOR")

The Corporation's 1984 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan expired
by its terms on December 31, 1993.  The Board of Directors adopted the Pacific
Telesis Group  1994 Stock  Incentive Plan  (the "Stock  Plan") at its  regular
meeting on January 28, 1994, subject to the approval of the shareowners of the
Corporation.   Accordingly, the following  resolution will be  presented for a
vote of the shareowners at the Annual Meeting and the Board recommends that it
be approved:

   "RESOLVED  that the  adoption by  the Board  of Directors  of a  Pacific
   Telesis Group 1994 Stock Incentive Plan effective  on January 1, 1994 is
   hereby approved, ratified and confirmed."

                                      19








                                    <PAGE>

The Board  of Directors and  management believe that the  1994 Stock Incentive
Plan will help attract and retain competitively superior employees and promote
long-term growth and profitability by further aligning employee and shareowner
interests.   The affirmative vote  of a majority of the  shares voting on this
resolution is required for its adoption.

A summary of the essential features  of the Stock Plan is provided below,  but
is qualified in its entirety by  reference to the full text of the  Stock Plan
which was filed electronically  with this proxy statement with  the Securities
and Exchange Commission.  Such  text is not included in the printed version of
this proxy statement.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE.  The Stock Plan provides for awards in the form
of  restricted  shares,  stock units,  options  or  SARs,  or any  combination
thereof.  To  date, no awards have been made under  the Stock Plan.  The total
number of shares of Common  Stock available for issuance under the  Stock Plan
is 21,000,000, subject to anti-dilution provisions.  If any restricted shares,
stock units, options or SARs granted under the Stock Plan are forfeited, or if
options  or SARs terminate  for any other  reason prior to  exercise, then the
underlying shares of Common Stock again become available for awards.

ADMINISTRATION AND ELIGIBILITY.   The Stock  Plan is  administered by the  C&P
Committee.  The C&P Committee selects the employees of the  Corporation or any
subsidiary who will receive awards, determines the size of the awards (limited
for options and SARs to awards covering not more than 500,000 shares of Common
Stock in any calendar  year to a single employee)   and establishes vesting or
other  conditions.   Employees,  directors, consultants  and  advisers of  the
Corporation (or any subsidiary of the Corporation) are eligible to participate
in the Stock  Plan, although incentive  stock options may  be granted only  to
employees.  As of  January 1, 1994, there were  approximately 55,500 employees
of  the  Corporation  and  its subsidiaries  and  nine  nonemployee  directors
eligible for selection to receive awards under the Stock Plan.   The number of
eligible  consultants and advisers cannot be determined.  The participation of
nonemployee directors  of  the Corporation  is  limited to  certain  automatic
grants  of nonstatutory  stock options  and  stock, except  to the  extent the
Corporation's Board  of Directors  implements provisions  that would  permit a
nonemployee director to convert  the annual retainer and meeting fees to stock
options or stock units, as described below.

PAYMENT.  In  general, no payment will be  required upon receipt of  an award.
The Stock Plan,  however, permits the  grant of awards  in consideration of  a
cash payment or a voluntary reduction in cash compensation.

RESTRICTED  STOCK.   Restricted  shares are  shares of  Common Stock  that are
subject to forfeiture in the event that any applicable  vesting conditions are
not  satisfied,  and they  are nontransferable  prior  to vesting  (except for
certain  transfers to a trustee).  Restricted  shares have the same voting and
dividend rights as other shares of Common Stock.

STOCK  UNITS.  A stock unit is  an unfunded bookkeeping entry representing the
equivalent of  one share of Common  Stock, and it is  nontransferable prior to
the holder's death (except  for certain transfers to a trustee).   A holder of
stock units  has no voting rights or other privileges  as a shareowner but may
be  entitled to  receive  dividend  equivalents equal  to  the  amount of  any
dividends paid  on  the same  number  of shares  of  Common Stock.    Dividend
equivalents may  be converted into  additional stock units  or settled  in the

                                      20








                                    <PAGE>

form of cash, common stock or a combination of both.

Stock units,  when vested,  may be  settled by distributing  shares of  Common
Stock or  by a  cash payment  corresponding to the  fair market  value of  the
appropriate number of shares  of Common Stock, or a combination  of both.  The
number of  shares  of Common  Stock  (or  the corresponding  amount  of  cash)
distributed in  settlement of stock units  may be greater or  smaller than the
number   of  stock  units,  depending   upon  the  attainment  of  performance
objectives.  Vested stock units will be settled at the time determined by  the
C&P Committee.   If the time of settlement is deferred, interest or additional
dividend equivalents may be  credited on the deferred payment.   The recipient
of restricted  shares or stock  units may pay all  projected withholding taxes
relating to the award with Common Stock rather than cash.

STOCK OPTIONS.   Options may  include nonstatutory stock  options ("NSOs")  as
well as incentive  stock options ("ISOs") intended to qualify  for special tax
treatment.  The  term of an ISO cannot exceed 10 years, and the exercise price
of an ISO must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the  effective date of  grant.  The Stock  Plan permits the  grant of
NSOs with an exercise price that varies according to a predetermined formula.

The exercise price of an  option may be paid  in any lawful form permitted  by
the C&P Committee, including  (without limitation) the surrender of  shares of
Common Stock  or restricted shares already  owned by the optionee.   The Stock
Plan also allows the optionee to pay the exercise price of an option by giving
"exercise/sale"  or "exercise/pledge" directions.  If exercise/sale directions
are given, a number of option shares sufficient to pay the exercise  price and
any withholding  taxes  is issued  directly to  a securities  broker or  other
lender selected by the Corporation.  The broker or  other lender will hold the
shares as security and will extend credit for up to 50 percent of their market
value.   The  loan proceeds  will be  paid to  the Corporation  to the  extent
necessary to pay  the exercise price  and any withholding  taxes.  Any  excess
loan  proceeds  may be  paid  to  the optionee.    If  the  loan proceeds  are
insufficient to cover the  exercise price and withholding taxes,  the optionee
will  be required  to pay  the deficiency to  the Corporation  at the  time of
exercise.   The C&P  Committee  may also  permit  optionees to  satisfy  their
withholding  tax obligation upon exercise of an  NSO by surrendering a portion
of their option shares to the Corporation.

NSO grants are governed by Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.   Generally, no federal income  tax is payable by  a participant upon
the grant of an  NSO.  Under  current tax law, if  a participant exercises  an
NSO, he or she will be  taxed on the difference between the fair  market value
of the Common  Stock on the exercise date and the  option exercise price.  The
Corporation will  be entitled to  a corresponding deduction on  its income tax
return upon the exercise of an NSO.

ISO grants are  governed by Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.  Generally, no federal income tax is payable by a participant upon
the grant  or  upon the  exercise  of an  ISO.   Under  current tax  law,  the
participant  will be  taxed upon disposition  of the  stock on  the difference
between the  exercise price  and the  amount  received on  disposition of  the
stock.   The length of time the participant holds  the stock after exercise of
an ISO determines whether  the income is taxed as capital gains income or part
compensation income and part  capital gains income.  The Corporation  will not
be entitled  to a corresponding deduction  on its income tax  return except to

                                      21








                                    <PAGE>

the extent the participant recognizes compensation income.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS ("SARs").   SARs permit the participant to  elect to
receive  any  appreciation  in the  value  of  the underlying  stock  from the
Corporation, either in shares  of Common Stock or in cash  or a combination of
the two, with the C&P Committee having the discretion to determine the form in
which such payment will be made.  The  amount payable on exercise of a SAR  is
measured by the difference between the market value of the underlying stock at
exercise and  the exercise  price.   SARs  may, but  need not,  be granted  in
conjunction  with options.  Upon  exercise of a SAR  granted in tandem with an
option,  the corresponding portion of  the related option  must be surrendered
and cannot thereafter be exercised.  Conversely, upon exercise of an option to
which a SAR is attached, the SAR may no longer be exercised to the extent that
the  corresponding option  has  been  exercised.   All  options and  SARs  are
nontransferable prior to the optionee's death.

VESTING CONDITIONS.  As noted  above, the C&P Committee determines the  number
of restricted shares, stock units, options or SARs to be included in the award
as well  as the vesting and other  conditions.  The vesting  conditions may be
based  on the  employee's  service, his  or  her individual  performance,  the
Corporation's  performance or other criteria.   Vesting may  be accelerated in
the event of the employee's death, disability or retirement, in the event of a
change  in control  with  respect to  the Corporation,  or upon  other events.
Moreover,  the C&P Committee may  determine that outstanding  options and SARs
will  become  fully vested  if it  has concluded  that  there is  a reasonable
possibility that a change in control will occur within six months thereafter.

For purposes  of the Stock Plan,  the term "change  in control" is  defined as
(1) the acquisition, directly  or indirectly, of  at least 20  percent of  the
outstanding securities of the Corporation by a person other than Telesis or an
employee benefit plan  of the Corporation, (2) a greater than one-third change
in the composition of the Board over a period of 24 months (if such change was
not approved by a majority of the existing directors), (3) certain mergers and
consolidations involving the Corporation, (4) a liquidation of the Corporation
or  (5) a sale of  all or substantially all of  the Corporation's assets.  The
term "change in control" does not include a reincorporation of the Corporation
in a different state and certain other transactions.

LIMITATIONS UNDER TAX LAWS.   Awards under the Stock Plan  may provide that if
any  payment  (or  transfer)  by  the  Corporation  to  a  recipient would  be
nondeductible by the Corporation  for federal income tax purposes  pursuant to
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, then the aggregate present value of
all such  payments (or transfers) will be reduced to an amount which maximizes
such   value  without  causing  any   such  payments  (or   transfers)  to  be
nondeductible.

MODIFICATIONS.   The C&P Committee is authorized, within the provisions of the
Stock  Plan, to  amend the  terms of  outstanding restricted  shares  or stock
units, to  modify or extend  outstanding options  or SARs or  to exchange  new
options for outstanding options,  including outstanding options with  a higher
exercise price than the new options.

NONEMPLOYEE  DIRECTORS.  Members of  the Corporation's Board  of Directors who
are  not employees  of the  Corporation or  its subsidiaries  will receive  an
annual  grant under the  Stock Plan of  2,000 NSOs,   subject to anti-dilution
adjustments.   These grants are made at  the conclusion of each regular Annual

                                      22








                                    <PAGE>

Meeting  of the Corporation's  shareowners to  nonemployee directors  who will
continue  to serve on the Board thereafter.   The exercise price will be equal
to the market value  of the Common Stock on the date of  grant.  The NSOs will
become  exercisable one year after  the grant or, if earlier,  in the event of
the director's death  or total and permanent  disability or in the  event of a
change in control of the Corporation.  The NSOs expire (1) ten years after the
date of grant, (2) 36  months after the termination of the  director's service
due to disability  or due to  retirement after serving  at least three  years,
(3) 12 months  after the  director's death,  and (4)  three  months after  the
termination of the director's service for any other reason.  This annual grant
of NSOs replaces the grants that would otherwise have been made to nonemployee
directors  under the Nonemployee Director Stock Option Plan, which was adopted
in  1990  and, contingent  on  shareowner  approval  of the  Stock  Plan,  was
terminated by the Board of Directors effective December 31, 1993.

In addition, nonemployee directors appointed on  or after January 1, 1994 will
receive three annual grants of  400 shares of stock, subject to  anti-dilution
adjustments.  The shares will be 100% vested on the date of grant.   The first
such grant will occur on the later of the conclusion of  the Annual Meeting in
1994 or  such director's first appointment  or election to the  Board, and the
second  and third  such grants  will  occur at  the conclusion  of the  Annual
Meeting of  the shareowners of  the Corporation  in each of  the two  calendar
years next following  the calendar year  of the first  such grant.   Incumbent
nonemployee  directors appointed  on  or after  February  1, 1991  but  before
January 1,  1994 will receive  one grant  of 400 shares  of stock,  subject to
anti-dilution  adjustments.   The shares will  be 100%  vested on  the date of
grant.   These grants of  stock replace the  grants that would  otherwise have
been made under the Nonemployee  Director Stock Grant Plan, which was  adopted
in  1991 and,  contingent  on  shareowner  approval of  the  Stock  Plan,  was
terminated by the Board of Directors effective December 31, 1993.

Finally,  the Corporation's Board may  implement provisions of  the Stock Plan
that permit a nonemployee director to elect to receive all or a portion of his
or her annual retainer  and meeting fees in the form of NSOs or stock units to
be issued  under the Stock  Plan, provided the  election is made  at least six
months before such fees are payable.





















                                      23








                                    <PAGE>


As described above, the selection of the employees of the  Corporation and its
subsidiaries who will receive awards under the Stock Plan  and the size of the
awards are  generally to be determined by the C&P Committee in its discretion.
Thus, it is  generally not possible  to predict the  benefits or amounts  that
will be  received  by or  allocated  to particular  individuals or  groups  of
employees  nor  to determine  the  benefits or  amounts  that would  have been
received  or allocated  for  1993  if  the  Stock Plan  had  been  in  effect.
Nonemployee directors are the exception to this rule because, as stated above,
their  participation  is  generally  limited to  certain  automatic  grants of
nonstatutory  stock options  and  stock.   The  nonemployee directors  of  the
Corporation listed  on the following  table are expected to  receive under the
Stock Plan  the grants of nonstatutory stock options and shares of stock shown
on the table.

                           NEW ANNUAL PLAN BENEFITS
                           1994 Stock Incentive Plan

                                                     Stock ##
                    Stock Options#      ---------------------------------
    Director        No. of Shares       Dollar Value($)     No. of Shares
- -----------------   -------------       ---------------     -------------

William P. Clark         2,000             $     0                 0
Herman E. Gallegos       2,000                   0                 0
Donald E. Guinn          2,000                   0                 0
Frank C. Herringer       2,000              12,400               400
Ivan J. Houston          2,000                   0                 0
Mary S. Metz             2,000                   0                 0
Lewis E. Platt           2,000              12,400               400
Toni Rembe               2,000              12,400               400
S. Donley Ritchey        2,000                   0

 0
All nonemployee
directors as a group
(nine persons)          18,000             $37,200             1,200

 #   No dollar value  is assigned  to the nonstatutory  stock options  because
     their exercise price will be the market value of the  underlying stock on
     the date of grant.

##   It  is  not  possible to  accurately  predict  the  dollar value  of  the
     Corporation's stock as of any future  date.  The spin-off of the wireless
     company  is expected initially to  reduce the price  of the Corporation's
     stock  by an  amount which  may be  greater or  less than  the difference
     between the price of the Corporation's stock before the  spin-off and the
     price  of the wireless  company's stock before  the spin-off.   After the
     spin-off,  each company's  stock will trade  independently of  the other.
     For purposes of this table, a price of $31.00 was assigned to each  share
     of the Corporation's stock.   This represents the difference  between the
     closing  price of the  Corporation's stock on  February 28,  1994 and the
     same  day's  closing  price of  the  wireless  company's  stock, both  as
     reported in the Wall Street Journal.
                     -------------------




                                      24








                                    <PAGE>

COMPLIANCE WITH  SECTION 16 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AND SECTION
162(m)  OF THE  INTERNAL REVENUE  CODE.  The  intent of  the Stock  Plan is to
comply with any rule under Section 16 of the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
including preservation of certain of the participants as disinterested persons
for purposes of  the Company's employee  plans.  Awards  of stock options  and
stock  appreciation rights  under  the  Stock  Plan  that  the  C&P  Committee
determines shall  be granted with an  exercise price no less  than fair market
value on the  date of grant  are intended to meet  the exception from  Section
162(m)  of   the  Internal   Revenue  Code   of  1986   for  performance-based
compensation.   The  Board is  empowered  under the  Stock  Plan to  make  any
amendment it  deems advisable, without requiring  further shareowner approval,
including any  amendments to  comply with  the rules under  Section 16  of the
Securities Exchange  Act of  1934 or Section  162(m) of  the Internal  Revenue
Code.


THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.


SHAREOWNER PROPOSALS


SHAREOWNER  PROPOSAL TO ELIMINATE THE STAGGERED BOARD  (ITEM D ON PROXY CARD -
DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "AGAINST")

Mrs. Evelyn  Y. Davis,  2600  Virginia Ave. N.W., Suite  215, Washington, D.C.
20037, record owner of 160 shares of Common Stock, has submitted the following
proposal:

     "RESOLVED:  That the  shareholders of Pacific Telesis recommend  that the
     Board of Directors  take the necessary steps to reinstate the election of
     directors  ANNUALLY,  instead of  the stagger  system which  was recently
     adopted."

The Proponent's Statement in Support of the Proposal is as follows:

     "REASONS:    Until  recently,  directors of  Pacific  Telesis  Group were
     elected annually by all shareholders.

     "The  great majority of New York Stock Exchange listed corporations elect
     all their directors each year.

     "This  insures that  ALL  directors  will  be  more  accountable  to  ALL
     shareholders  each  year  and to  a  certain  extent  prevents the  self-
     perpetuation of the Board.

     "Last year  the owners  of 78,110,084 shares,  representing approximately
     27.75% of shares voting, voted FOR this proposal.

     "If you AGREE, please mark your proxy FOR this resolution."

The Board  of Directors  recommends a  vote  "AGAINST" this  proposal for  the
following reasons:

     The  Board  notes  that this  is  the  sixth  consecutive  year that  the
     proponent has submitted the  identical proposal.  Each year  the proposal

                                      25








                                    <PAGE>

     has  been rejected; at the 1993  Annual Meeting by 203,337,607 shares, or
     72.25  percent of the shares voted.   The proposal would ask the Board of
     Directors to recommend  the repeal  of a provision  of the  Corporation's
     Articles  of Incorporation.  Repeal would require the affirmative vote of
     two-thirds  of the  outstanding shares  of stock  entitled to  vote at  a
     subsequent meeting of shareowners.

     In  the opinion of this Board, a staggered Board of Directors facilitates
     continuity  and  stability of  leadership  and  policy by  assuring  that
     experienced personnel familiar with the Corporation and its business will
     be  on the  Board  of Directors  at all  times.   The  way  the staggered
     election of  directors operates is  that the number of  directors in each
     class is as  nearly equal as possible, each  director serves a three-year
     term, and one of the three classes is elected each year.   This staggered
     election  is similar  to  procedures  which  have  been  adopted  by  the
     shareowners of many major corporations.   In fact, more than half  of the
     other  Fortune  500 companies  provide  for  the  staggered  election  of
     directors.   The staggered election  of directors is  intended to prevent
     precipitous changes in  the composition  of the Board  by preventing  the
     election of an  entirely new Board in  a single year.  Preventing  such a
     precipitous  change in  control serves  to moderate changes  in corporate
     policies,  business strategies  and operations.   Although  the directors
     know of  no events  which  would be  likely to  result  in a  precipitous
     change,  disruptive and potentially unfair   tactics in  attempts to gain
     control  of corporations persist.  Creating separate classes of directors
     elected  in  staggered  years  (board "classification")  is  intended  to
     encourage any person  seeking to  acquire control of  the Corporation  to
     initiate action through arm's-length negotiations with management and the
     Board  of Directors,  who are in  a position  to negotiate  a transaction
     which is in the best interest of all shareowners.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "AGAINST" THIS PROPOSAL.


SHAREOWNER PROPOSAL TO INSTITUTE A SALARY CEILING ON SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
DIRECTOR  OR CONSULTANT  COMPENSATION  (ITEM  E  ON  PROXY  CARD  -  DIRECTORS
RECOMMEND A VOTE "AGAINST")

Mr. and Mrs. Jerome R. Mikulski, 4715 Caviou Place, Colorado Springs, Colorado
80918,  record owners  of  200  shares  of Common  Stock  have  submitted  the
following proposal:

"RESOLVED:  That the shareholders of Pacific Telesis Center recommend that the
Board of Directors take the necessary steps to institute a salary ceiling such
that  no senior  executive  officer or  director or  consultant acting  in the
capacity of an executive officer or director of the Company receive a combined
salary and other compensation which is more than one hundred  and fifty (150%)
of the salary provided to the President of the United States."

The Proponent's Statement in support of the Proposal is as follows:

"REASONS:    There  is  no  corporation which  exceeds  the  size  or  has the
complexity of the government of the United States run by the President  of the
United States.  Even most government agencies far exceed the size, as measured
by personnel  and budget of  any private  corporation.  The  President of  the
United  States receives a salary of $200,000,  while the heads of agencies and

                                      26








                                    <PAGE>

even members of Congress are paid somewhat in excess of $100,000.

"In order to overcome even the appearance that officers of public corporations
run the  corporations for their  benefit rather  than for the  benefit of  the
shareholders, the salary  and compensation  should not exceed  that set  forth
above.  Usually, there is no direct correlation between the profitability of a
corporation and the compensation to officers.  In fact, in  many corporations,
the compensation does not  usually serve as an  incentive for a better  run or
more profitable  corporation.   Any officer  who believes  he  can better  his
corporation  should be  sufficiently  motivated by  stock  options or  by  his
purchase of stock on the open market.

"There is a general  consensus in the  United States that corporate  officials
are  grossly overpaid  and that this  state of  affairs is  promulgated by the
"hands off" policy of Board of  Directors.  Many qualified people would gladly
step in and do  as good a job as the incumbent officers of the Corporation and
they  would have no  hesitation to serve  under the  aforementioned ceiling on
compensation.

"If you agree, please mark your proxy FOR this resolution."

The  Board  of Directors  recommends a  vote "AGAINST"  this proposal  for the
following reasons:

     Compensation  of Pacific Telesis  Group ("Telesis") executives  is set by
     the Compensation  and  Personnel  Committee of  the  Board  of  Directors
     (the "Committee") which is  comprised solely  of independent  nonemployee
     directors.   The Committee, with  the advice of  an independent executive
     compensation   consultant,  annually   reviews  comparative   studies  of
     compensation levels and trends.

     Telesis  competes  for executive  talent  in a  highly  competitive labor
     market comprised of other employers of similar  size and complexity.  The
     compensation  opportunities provided  to  Telesis executives  are set  at
     levels that  will enable  the company to  attract and  retain the  highly
     qualified  individuals it  needs to  successfully lead  the business  and
     generate returns to the company's shareholders.

     Contrary  to the  proponent's  assertion that  executive compensation  is
     usually  not correlated  to  profitability, actual  compensation paid  to
     Telesis executives is highly related to the company's short-and long-term
     performance.  In fact, less than one-third of the total cash compensation
     reported  for 1993  for  the top  five executives  in  this year's  proxy
     statement  is in  the form of  base salary.   The  remainder results from
     payments under  incentive plans  directly based  on short-  and long-term
     company  performance.    Moreover,   additional  motivation  to  increase
     shareholder  value  is provided  through  stock options  held,  and stock
     owned, by Telesis executives.

     The  Board  of Directors  believes the  salaries  paid to  politicians in
     government are  not appropriate benchmarks for  determining executive pay
     levels.   Politicians are motivated to enter public service for a variety
     of reasons, including for example, a  commitment to public service.   Low
     among  those  reasons  is  the  actual  level  of  base  salary  paid  by
     government.  If salary  were the key factor in attracting  candidates for
     the  office of President,  it is  probably fair to  say that  many of the

                                      27








                                    <PAGE>

     people who have run for that office would not have run.

     Limiting the  compensation as suggested  by the proponent  would severely
     impair Telesis' ability to hire and keep executives of the caliber needed
     to successfully  lead the  business on  behalf of  the shareholders.   If
     total compensation were reduced to the suggested cap of $300,000, many of
     Telesis' top executives would  be highly vulnerable to offers  from other
     employers who would offer substantially higher pay for the same levels of
     responsibility.   The Board believes it is in the shareholders' interests
     to have  people in executive positions who are best qualified to do their
     jobs, not just anyone willing to accept  a compensation package capped at
     $300,000 per year.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "AGAINST" THIS PROPOSAL.


SHAREOWNER PROPOSAL TO  LINK CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION TO CORPORATE
PERFORMANCE (ITEM F ON PROXY CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "AGAINST")

Mr. Chris Rossi,  P.O. Box 249, Boonville,  California 95415, record  owner of
1,000 shares of Common Stock, has submitted the following proposal:

     "Resolved, that the  stockholders of Pacific  Telesis recommend that  the
     board of  directors adopt  the following policy:   As  relates to  future
     contracts,  the  Chief Executive  Officer's  total  compensation will  be
     determined as follows : The C.E.O.'s beginning total compensation will be
     25 times more  than the  average Pacific Telesis  employee's 1993  annual
     wages  or salary.  The C.E.O.'s total  compensation will go up or down in
     direct proportions to  the company's  performance.  To  be determined  as
     follows : One half of the compensation shall go up or down gauged against
     the  nine  year average  earnings per  common  share (adjusted  for stock
     splits)  from 1984 to  1992.  The remaining one half shall go  up or down
     gauged against the nine year average dividends per common share (adjusted
     for stock splits) from 1984 to 1992."

The Proponent's Statement in Support of the Proposal is as follows:

     "The purpose of this proposal is to pay the Chief Executive Officer based
     entirely on  the company's performance.   To do this you  must pay gauged
     against past performance.  If the C.E.O. performs better the  C.E.O. will
     be paid more, if the C.E.O. performs worse, the C.E.O. will be paid less.
     You also need a  starting point, a  base rate of 25  times more than  the
     average employee's compensation.

     "For example, if the average  Pacific Telesis employee earned $ 32,000.00
     in 1993, the C.E.O. would have a beginning total compensation of 25 times
     more  or $  800,000.00.  Pacific  Telesis nine year  average earnings per
     share is $2.55.  If Pacific Telesis earnings per share in 1994 rose  20 %
     to $  3.06 , one half of the C.E.O.'s  compensation would go up 20 % from
     $400,000.00 to  $  480,000.00.   On the  other hand  if Pacific  Telesis'
     earnings per share in 1994 fell 20 % to $ 2.04 , one half of the C.E.O.'s
     compensation would  fall 20  % to $  320,000.00.  The  other half  of the
     C.E.O.'s compensation, $  400,000.00 would  rise, fall or  stay the  same
     gauged against Pacific Telesis'  nine year average dividend per  share of
     $ 1.77.  The following year the process would repeat itself."


                                      28








                                    <PAGE>


     The Board of Directors Recommends a Vote "AGAINST" this proposal for  the
     following reasons:

     The Board notes that the proponent submitted an identical proposal at the
     1993  Annual  Meeting where  it was  rejected  by 234,341,630  shares, or
     82.75 percent of the shares voted.

     The  Board  strongly  believes  in   linking  executive  pay  to  company
     performance and  shareowners'  interests.   It  has sought  and  received
     expert  advice from  outside consultants in  designing a  Chief Executive
     Officer pay program that  it believes already very effectively  meets the
     objectives that  are at the root of this shareowner proposal; that is, to
     link executive pay to corporate performance.

     Compensation  of  the Corporation's  Chief  Executive  Officer is  highly
     contingent upon success of the Corporation in meeting financial goals and
     generating returns to shareowners.  Base salaries provided less than one-
     third  of the total cash compensation package for the top five executives
     in 1993.   The  remaining compensation  is only  paid  when warranted  by
     performance.

     o  The  Short  Term Incentive  Plan is  designed to  provide compensation
        contingent upon the Corporation meeting an annual net income objective
        approved  by the  C&P Committee  of the  Board  of Directors.   Target
        awards under  the plan  for meeting  the goal  are set at  competitive
        levels.   Payouts  are  reduced for  performance  below goal  and,  no
        payment is made to  the Chief Executive Officer for  performance below
        75 percent of goal.

     o  The  Senior Management Long Term Incentive Plan is designed to provide
        compensation   contingent  upon  the  Corporation  meeting  three-year
        financial  objectives that  are  strongly correlated  to increases  in
        shareowner  value.  The  measures of financial  performance under this
        plan are outlined on page 15 (LTIP Chart).

     o  In  addition to the degree to which  performance goals are met, payout
        under  the  Long Term  Incentive Plan  is  affected by  Total Investor
        Return  over the  three-year  period relative  to  the Total  Investor
        Return  of  peer companies.    Even when  internal  goals are  met, if
        shareowner returns are lower than those of other comparable companies,
        payment to the Chief Executive Officer is reduced.

     o  Finally,  awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan are denominated in
        shares of  the Corporation's stock  and dividend equivalents  are paid
        during  the three-year award period.  This provides another direct tie
        to changes in shareowner value during the period.

     o  Stock options  for the Chief  Executive Officer provide  an additional
        direct link to shareowner value over a longer term of up to ten years.
        If  share prices  do not  increase, there  is no  reward to  the Chief
        Executive Officer.    If share  prices  do increase,  Chief  Executive
        Officer reward is  only a small fraction  of the benefit  delivered to
        all shareowners.



                                      29








                                    <PAGE>

     The Board  believes  the Rossi  shareowner  proposal is  unnecessary  and
     undesirable for  this Corporation because, through  the programs outlined
     above, Chief Executive Officer compensation is already strongly linked to
     corporate performance.  This linkage  between Chief Executive Officer pay
     and the Corporation's results  is clearly demonstrated by  the variations
     in pay levels reported in the preceding sections of this proxy statement.

     Mr.  Rossi's proposal would tie  compensation to changes  in earnings per
     share ("EPS").  Tying compensation to changes in EPS and dividends is not
     in the best interest of the shareowners.  Increases (or decreases) in EPS
     have been  shown to be a  poor indicator of changes  in shareowner value.
     The Corporation's  long term plans  now are based on  achieving cash flow
     return on investment targets that are strongly correlated to increases in
     shareowner  value.   Dividends  alone  do not  produce  shareowner value.
     Total  Investor Return  is  a combination  of  share price  movement  and
     dividends.  The Corporation's  current Long Term Incentive Plan  is based
     in part on Total Investor Return relative to peer group companies.


     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "AGAINST" THIS PROPOSAL.


OTHER MATTERS TO COME BEFORE THE MEETING

The proxy  card, in addition to voting choices specifically marked, and unless
otherwise indicated by  the shareowner, confers discretionary authority on the
named proxy holders to vote on any matter that properly comes before  the 1994
Annual Meeting of Shareowners which is not described in these proxy materials.
At  the time this  proxy statement went  to press, the Corporation  knew of no
other matters  which might be  presented for shareowner  action at the  Annual
Meeting.

The  federal  proxy rules  specify what  constitutes  timely submission  for a
shareowner proposal  to be included in  the proxy statement.   If a shareowner
desires to  bring business before  the meeting which  is not the  subject of a
proposal timely submitted for inclusion in the proxy statement, the shareowner
must follow procedures outlined in the Corporation's By-Laws.  A copy of these
procedures  is available upon request  from the Secretary  of the Corporation,
130 Kearny  Street, Suite 3713, San  Francisco, California 94108.   One of the
procedural  requirements in  the By-Laws is  timely notice  in writing  of the
business the shareowner proposes to bring before the meeting.   Notice must be
received not less than 25 days nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting.  It
should  be  noted that  these By-Law  procedures  govern proper  submission of
business to be put before a shareowner  vote and do not preclude discussion by
any shareowner of any business properly brought before the Annual Meeting.

If  a  shareowner wants  to nominate  a person  for election  to the  Board of
Directors  other than a director nominated by the Nominating Committee, notice
of the proposed nomination must  be delivered to or mailed and received by the
Secretary of the Corporation not  less than 25 days  prior to the meeting.   A
copy  of  the  By-Law provisions  governing  the  requirements  for notice  is
available upon request from the Secretary of the Corporation.





                                      30








                                    <PAGE>


SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

The  Corporation  will  pay all  costs  of  distribution  and solicitation  of
proxies.    Brokers,  nominees,  fiduciaries  and  other  custodians  will  be
reimbursed their  reasonable fees and  expenses incurred  in forwarding  proxy
materials to beneficial  owners.  Corporate Investor Communications,  Inc. has
been retained at an  estimated cost of $16,000, plus  reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses, to assist in the solicitation of proxies.  This solicitation will be
by mail, telephone and other means.


PROPOSALS FOR THE 1995 ANNUAL MEETING

Shareowner  proposals  intended for  presentation  at  the Corporation's  1995
Annual  Meeting of Shareowners must be received at the Corporation's principal
executive offices no later than November 12, 1994.  Proposals must comply with
Rule 14a-8 promulgated  by the SEC pursuant to the  Securities Exchange Act of
1934.


MULTIPLE COPIES OF SUMMARY ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREOWNERS

The Corporation's 1993 Summary Annual Report to Shareowners has been mailed to
shareowners.  If  more than one copy  of the Summary Annual Report  is sent to
your  address, we will discontinue the mailing  of reports on the accounts you
select  if you  mark  the designated  box on  the  appropriate proxy  card(s).
Mailing of  dividends, dividend  reinvestment statements, proxy  materials and
special notices will not be affected by your election to discontinue duplicate
mailings of the Summary Annual Report to Shareowners.


                            ----------------------

By Order of the Board of Directors,


Richard W. Odgers
Executive Vice President, General Counsel,
External Affairs and Secretary



Dated:  March 19, 1994













                                      31








                                    <PAGE>




- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------










     In accordance with  Rule 14a-3(c)  under the Securities  Exchange Act  of
     1934  (the "Exchange  Act"), as  adapted to  the "Summary  Annual Report"
     procedure,   the  information   contained   in  the   following  appendix
     (consisting  of  the  sections  entitled "Annual  Financial  Review"  and
     "PacTel Corporation and Subsidiaries Supplemental Financial Information")
     is  provided solely  for  the  information  of  shareowners  and  of  the
     Securities and Exchange Commission.  Such information shall not be deemed
     to  be  "soliciting material"  or to  be "filed"  with the  Commission or
     subject  to Regulation 14A under the  Exchange Act (except as provided in
     Rule 14a-3)  or to  the liabilities  of Section 18  of the  Exchange Act,
     unless, and  only to  the extent  that, it is  expressly incorporated  by
     reference into the Form 10-K of Pacific Telesis Group for its fiscal year
     ending December 31, 1993.
















- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------






















                                    <PAGE>



                            ANNUAL FINANCIAL REVIEW
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------



         MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                            AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

OVERVIEW

Pacific Telesis Group (the "Corporation")  includes a holding company, Pacific
Telesis;  its  telephone  subsidiaries:  Pacific Bell  and  its  subsidiaries,
Pacific  Bell Directory and Pacific Bell Information Services, and Nevada Bell
(the   "Telephone  Companies");   PacTel   Corporation   ("PacTel")  and   its
subsidiaries which  have wireless telecommunications  operations; and  several
smaller diversified entities.  The  Telephone Companies provide local exchange
service,  network access,  toll service,  directory advertising,  and selected
information services  in California  and  Nevada.   PacTel provides  cellular,
paging, radiolocation,  and other wireless telecommunications  services in the
United States, Europe, and the Pacific Rim.

The Corporation's primary  financial goal is to build  long-term value for our
shareowners.   Since our stock began trading on November 21, 1983, shareowners
have  earned a total return of 421 percent  as of December 31, 1993, among the
highest in the  industry.  Total return includes stock  price appreciation and
dividends.  Returns for each of the last five years are listed on page F-25.

In  building value  for  our shareowners,  our  efforts have  been  focused on
expanding the Corporation's core businesses, investing in technology, reducing
costs,  developing new products and services, and supporting changes in public
policy and  regulation.  To further  enhance shareowner value and  to meet the
challenges  facing our  industry, the  Corporation's  Board of  Directors (the
"Board")  announced a plan in December 1992  to spin off PacTel's domestic and
international wireless operations.   In  March 1994, the  Board announced  its
final decision to spin off  PacTel's operations effective April 1, 1994.   The
Corporation will continue to  own the Telephone Companies, along  with several
smaller diversified units including real estate assets.


PLANNED SPIN-OFF

The decision to spin off PacTel was based on a comprehensive evaluation of the
economic,   financial,   regulatory,   and   technological   factors   in  the
telecommunications  industry.   Management  believes  that  the two  separated
businesses will be able to focus resources and pursue separate core businesses
more  effectively.  PacTel will have available  more alternatives to raise the
capital  necessary to  take advantage  of burgeoning  opportunities in  global
markets.    Our Telephone  Companies  will continue  investing  in intelligent
networks that will  provide customers with  services they will require  in the
next  century.   Separation  will also  broaden  investors' options  with  two
distinct   equity   investments:     one   of  the   nation's   largest  local
telecommunications  businesses  and  one   of  the  world's  largest  wireless
enterprises.


                                      F-1








                                    <PAGE>

In November  1993,  the California  Public Utilities  Commission (the  "CPUC")
adopted a decision permitting the spin-off to proceed (see "Pending Regulatory
Issues" on page F-22).  In connection with the separation, the Corporation and
PacTel in December 1993  completed an initial public offering of 68.5 million,
or 14 percent, of  PacTel's common shares, raising about $1.5  billion.  As of
the  spin-off date,  the  remaining  86  percent  of  PacTel's  common  shares
currently held by  the Corporation  will be distributed  to the  Corporation's
shareowners in proportion to their shares in the Corporation.  Each shareowner
will receive  one share of PacTel  stock for each Pacific  Telesis Group share
held prior  to the spin-off.   The  Internal Revenue Service  (the "IRS")  has
ruled  that  the   distribution  qualifies  as   a  tax-free  transaction   to
shareowners.   The distribution will be accounted for as a stock dividend.  In
February  1994, PacTel announced  a new corporate  name and identity  which it
will  use   after  the  spin-off.     The  new  corporate   name  is  AirTouch
Communications.

We believe  the  spin-off will  eliminate  many of  the financial,  legal  and
regulatory constraints that have impeded the Corporation's efforts to grow and
compete.   Because of their affiliation with the Telephone Companies, PacTel's
wireless  operations have  been subject to  these restraints,  including those
established as part of the divestiture of the American Telephone and Telegraph
Company ("AT&T").   And, as discussed later,  the spin-off will allow  Pacific
Telesis Group  and PacTel both  to compete for  licenses in  emerging personal
communications  services markets.    In summary,  we  expect the  spin-off  to
position the  separate companies to better respond to the challenges they will
face and  to continue  to grow and  pursue new opportunities.   To  the extent
PacTel is  successful in  its pursuit  of new  wireless licenses,  PacTel will
incur  start-up  expenses similar  to its  initial  investments in  its German
cellular and other international wireless ventures.  These start-up  expenses,
at least  in the short-term,  will have a  dilutive effect on  PacTel's future
earnings.    (See  also  "PacTel  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  Supplemental
Financial Information" beginning on page F-65.)


CONTINUING TELEPHONE OPERATIONS

The  Telephone Companies are  facing difficult challenges  ahead -- increasing
competition for existing services; a changing environment for the provision of
new  services; and, for  Pacific Bell, a  stagnant California  economy.  These
challenges, along  with our strategies  to create long-term  shareowner value,
are discussed below.

o    Competition

The  most  significant challenge  facing the  Telephone  Companies in  1994 is
increasing  competition  for  existing  services.    However, we  welcome  the
opportunity  to compete  if public policies  allow for a  level playing field.
Although facing  increased competition, the  Telephone Companies expect  to be
strong  competitors  in  terms   of  price,  service,  and  use   of  advanced
technologies.  Revenues from the  services discussed below will be subject  to
increased competition.






                                      F-2








                                    <PAGE>

Toll Services Competition

In  September  1993,  the CPUC  announced  a  decision  in  Phase III  of  its
investigation  into  alternative  regulatory  frameworks  for  local  exchange
carriers in California.  The decision  provided that, beginning in 1994, long-
distance and  other telecommunications companies  would be allowed  to compete
with  Pacific Bell  and  other local  telephone  companies in  providing  toll
service, among  other services.   The decision would  have also lowered  local
exchange company toll and switched access rates, while increasing basic rates,
bringing each closer to cost.   Other rates would have also changed.  Overall,
the  CPUC's order was intended to  be revenue neutral; that  is, the effect of
rate decreases would be offset by the effect of rate increases.

In October 1993,  the CPUC  rescinded its September  decision after  questions
were  raised  about  its decision-making  process.    The  CPUC has  requested
additional comments on its original decision.  The Corporation expects a final
decision in 1994, but is unable to predict the revenue impacts of the decision
and the increased competition that will follow.

In Nevada, the Public Service Commission of Nevada ("PSCN") has adopted a rule
change permitting  limited intra-service area competition.  In September 1993,
the PSCN ordered that  interexchange carriers and resellers may  offer special
access  and certain specialized services such as 800/900 calling within intra-
service areas.   The PSCN also authorized a one-year  trial on opening certain
calls  to competition, including those placed through operator services.  When
the  trial is completed, the PSCN will  decide whether to consider competition
for other services.

Interstate Special Access Competition

Effective  in June  1993, the  Federal Communications  Commission (the  "FCC")
ordered  expanded  network  interconnection   for  interstate  special  access
services.  Special access  services are used primarily by large  businesses to
connect to  their branch offices  or to interexchange carriers.   The decision
requires  large  local exchange  carriers  ("LECs"),  including the  Telephone
Companies,  to offer  expanded interconnection  to customers,  including other
access  providers.   The  decision permits  these  customers to  locate  their
transmission facilities in the LEC's central offices.  The Telephone Companies
have filed a petition  for review of this FCC decision with  the U.S. Court of
Appeals  for  the D.C.  Circuit.   The Corporation  is  unable to  predict the
outcome  of this appeal.   Pacific Bell currently  has orders from Competitive
Access Providers to locate facilities in  18 of its central offices, with more
requests expected  to follow.  The  FCC also granted additional,  but limited,
pricing flexibility to the  LECs to respond to the increased  competition that
will  result.    Interstate  special  access  revenues  subject  to  increased
competition represent  less  than three  percent of  the Telephone  Companies'
total revenues.

Switched Transport Competition

Effective  in February  1994, the  FCC ordered  LECs, including  the Telephone
Companies, to  provide all  interested customers, including  competitors, with
expanded interconnection for interstate switched transport services.  The LECs
must allow interconnectors to  physically locate their transmission facilities
in  the LECs' central  offices, and certain  other LEC locations,  in order to
terminate their own  switched transport facilities.   The Telephone  Companies

                                      F-3








                                    <PAGE>

have filed a petition for review  of this FCC decision with the U.S.  Court of
Appeals for  the D.C.  Circuit.   The Court  has held  this  case in  abeyance
pending  the Court's  decision  in  the appeal  of  the FCC's  special  access
collocation order.   Switched transport  services help connect  a business  or
residential customer with an interexchange carrier.  One of the FCC's goals is
to  promote increased competition  for these services.   The  FCC also granted
additional,  but limited, pricing flexibility  for these services  so that the
LECs can  better respond to the  competition that will result.   Revenues from
interstate switched  transport services represent approximately  three percent
of the  Telephone Companies' total revenues.   Rates reflecting the  new rules
became effective in early 1994.

To facilitate  expanded interconnection  for switched transport  services, the
FCC  ordered a new interim rate structure  effective December 1993.  Under the
new structure,  interexchange carriers pay  different rates  based on  volume,
distance and other factors.  The FCC intends these interim rates to be revenue
neutral.   Pacific Bell  has petitioned  the FCC  for reconsideration  of this
decision,  contending  that the  interim  rate  structure will  cause  revenue
losses.   The Corporation is unable to predict the outcome of this proceeding.

In  August 1993,  the  CPUC issued  a  proposal to  allow  competition in  the
provision of intrastate  switched transport  services.  The  CPUC proposes  to
allow competitors to locate transmission facilities  in Pacific Bell's central
offices;   adopt  a  new  transport  rate   structure  that  includes  pricing
flexibility  for dedicated  traffic;  and authorize  competition for  switched
transport services  within  the  state.   Revenues  from  intrastate  switched
transport  services represent  approximately  four percent  of Pacific  Bell's
total revenues.   The Corporation  is unable  to predict the  outcome of  this
proceeding.

Open Network Access/Local Competition

In April 1993, the CPUC initiated an investigation to establish a framework to
govern open  network access;  i.e., access to  services labeled  "bottleneck."
The  CPUC proposes  to  adopt specific  requirements  for the  unbundling  and
nondiscriminatory  provision  of  functions  underlying  services provided  by
dominant telecommunications  providers.   Functions considered  bottleneck and
subject to  open access  for competitive telecommunications  providers include
all  transport, switching, call processing  and call management.   In comments
filed  in February  1994,  Pacific  Bell  urged the  CPUC  to  recognize  that
widespread competition exists  throughout the telecommunications industry  and
asked the CPUC to consider rules for local competition immediately.

Pacific Bell's proposal  calls for the separation  of the loop (the  telephone
line between a customer's location and the telephone company's central office)
from  the switch (the  central office equipment  that selects the  paths to be
used  for transmission  of  information).   This  would allow  competitors  to
connect to Pacific Bell's network to carry calls.  Eventually, customers would
be able  to decide  whether they  want Pacific  Bell to  provide all of  their
telecommunications  services,  including local  service,  or if  they  want to
subscribe to  another provider for dialtone and  other services.  Pacific Bell
also believes  it should be given the opportunity to compete in other markets,
such  as long-distance, cable television  programming and manufacturing.  This
could bring great  benefits to consumers by  offering additional alternatives.
The Corporation is unable to predict the outcome of this proceeding.


                                      F-4








                                    <PAGE>

Streamlined Regulation

In December  1993, the CPUC  released a report  to the governor  of California
proposing streamlined regulation of  telecommunications companies.  The report
states   that   the   benefits   of  deregulation   and   fostering   advanced
telecommunications  in California  would  be substantial.    It predicts  that
expanded  use of telecommunications will create new products and services, new
job  opportunities  and   could  increase  the  productivity  of  the  state's
businesses.  The  CPUC proposes that within  the next year  California should:
streamline  regulation where  markets are  workably competitive;  continue the
CPUC's  focus  on consumer  protection in  all  markets; develop  policies and
partnerships  that encourage consumer demand and the increased use of advanced
telecommunications  networks;  and,  establish  a  grant  program  to  enhance
development and use of advanced telecommunications in schools and libraries.

Additionally,  the CPUC proposed that  within three years  California open all
markets  to all  competitors, thereby  making the  state an  "open competition
zone."  It  would also  restructure universal service  funding, and  gradually
redefine the  concept of basic  service to ensure  that all residents  benefit
from  advanced telecommunications  technologies.  In  addition, it  would make
digital access to networks available as a prelude to making switched video and
mobile services available throughout the state by the end of the decade.

By  opening markets to  competition, the policies  proposed by the  CPUC would
increase demand  for and  stimulate the  private development of  new types  of
telecommunications and  video services, bringing innovative  new products into
businesses,  homes, and  communities.   Various  elements  of these  proposals
require consideration by the  California Legislature as well as  formal review
by the CPUC.

In  Nevada, the  PSCN has  opened a  proceeding to consider  revising existing
regulations  for telecommunications  providers which  we hope  will streamline
regulation in Nevada.

The Corporation continues to  support changes in public policy  and regulation
that will allow it to offer the products and services that customers want.

o    Changing Industry Environment

Another  challenge   facing  the  Telephone  Companies   is  the  accelerating
convergence of the telecommunications, computer and video industries.  The new
information  services  industry is  being shaped  by  advances in  digital and
fiber-optic  technologies that will make possible the provision of interactive
broadband services by  the Telephone Companies  as well  as others.   Although
this convergence will  bring further competition, it  also means unprecedented
opportunities  to  enter  new  businesses  from  which  we  have  been  barred
historically.   The  Clinton  administration  has  indicated it  will  support
legislation  to  remove many  of the  legal  restrictions that  have prevented
telephone companies from offering video services.  The administration has also
indicated  it will  support  the removal  of  restrictions which  prevent  the
Regional  Holding Companies  ("RHCs") from  providing long-distance  services.
Similar proposals  have been  made by the  CPUC to the  governor.   The public
policy initiatives  discussed below  will determine  the terms and  conditions
under which  the Telephone Companies  may offer  new services in  this dynamic
marketplace.


                                      F-5








                                    <PAGE>

Video Services

The  FCC currently permits LECs, including the Telephone Companies, to provide
a tariffed basic  platform that  will deliver video  programming developed  by
others ("video dialtone") and  to provide certain other services  to customers
of this  basic platform.   Services  authorized by the  current FCC  rules are
primarily  limited to video  gateways, video customer  premises equipment, and
billing and collection.   In December 1993, Pacific Bell  filed an application
with the FCC  seeking authority to offer  video dialtone services  in specific
locations in  four of  its service  areas:   the San  Francisco Bay Area;  Los
Angeles; San Diego; and Orange County.

In November  1993, the  Corporation sued to  overturn the  1984 Federal  Cable
Act's provision  barring telephone companies from  providing video programming
in  their own  service areas.   The  Cable Act  bars telephone  companies from
having  any ownership stake in video programming services, although it permits
them to carry other companies' programs.  The  Corporation believes that video
programming is a form of speech protected by the First Amendment of the United
States  Constitution.   If our  suit is successful,  the Corporation  plans to
begin  providing  programming  in California  as  soon  as  the technology  is
deployed.

In November 1993,  legislation was  introduced in Congress  that would  permit
LECs,  including the  Telephone  Companies, to  provide  video programming  to
subscribers in  their  own  service  areas,  subject  to  separate  subsidiary
requirements  and  other  safeguards.    The  legislation  would  also  permit
competition in  the provision of local  telephone service and allow  access to
LEC facilities by competitors.

Information and Long-Distance Services

In July 1991, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia removed the
information services prohibition  of the  1982 Consent Decree  related to  the
divestiture of AT&T (the  "Consent Decree").  In  May 1993, the U.S.  Court of
Appeals for  the District of  Columbia affirmed the  removal of this  ban.  In
November  1993, the  U.S. Supreme Court  declined to review  the Appeals Court
decision. The  removal of this ban  allows the Telephone Companies  to offer a
variety  of new information services, subject to regulatory approvals, such as
enhanced  voice mail and  electronic yellow pages.   In November 1993, Pacific
Bell  filed  an application  with the  CPUC stating  its  intent to  enter the
electronic publishing business, either by itself or through an affiliate.

In July  1993, five of the  RHCs, including the Corporation,  filed a petition
with the FCC  asking for new  rules governing  the provision of  long-distance
services.   The  RHCs are  currently prohibited  from providing  long-distance
services  by the terms of  the Consent Decree.   Even with  a favorable ruling
from the FCC, the RHCs  must still obtain relief from the  Consent Decree from
Congress, or the courts, before providing long-distance services.

In November 1993, legislation was introduced in Congress  that would ease many
of  the provisions  of  the  Consent  Decree  that  prohibited  the  Telephone
Companies from  manufacturing telephone equipment  or providing  long-distance
services.   The legislation would set conditions and establish waiting periods
of up  to five years before the  RHCs could enter these  businesses.  It would
also  impose  stringent   separate  subsidiary   requirements  on   electronic
publishing ventures.

                                      F-6








                                    <PAGE>

o    California Economy

In contrast to the national  economy, California's economy did not  rebound in
1993.   At best, the California recession started to ease near year-end as the
unemployment rate dipped.  However, with the state's jobless rate two to three
percentage points  above the nation's rate  for most of the  year, job seekers
left or  were deterred from  coming to  California.  This  caused the  state's
population growth rate to slow.

The recession continued to dampen demand  for Pacific Bell's services.  Access
line  growth at Pacific Bell was about  2.2 percent in 1993, somewhat improved
from the 2.0 percent increase in 1992.  However, in the late 1980s access line
growth was more  than 4.0 percent annually.   Minutes of use  for Pacific Bell
rose 6.1 percent in 1993, down from a 6.7 percent growth rate in 1992.  On the
other hand, in Nevada the economy and Nevada Bell's growth in access lines and
minutes-of-use  were  strong.   During 1993,  Nevada  Bell's access  lines and
minutes-of-use grew 4.5 and 10.7 percent, respectively.

In  1994, the California economy is expected to slowly reorient toward growth,
but  at  a far  less  rapid  pace  than  in  other  modern  recessions.    The
opportunities  for economic  growth  in  1995 and  1996  will  continue to  be
constrained  by the ongoing cutbacks  in defense spending,  base closings, and
slow state  and local government  spending.   These weaknesses  may limit  the
scope  of any  recovery  for 1994.   However,  California's telecommunications
markets remain among the nation's most attractive.

As  discussed below,  the  Telephone Companies  are  focusing on  several  key
strategies  in  response  to  the  challenges  they  face.   As  the  industry
environment changes  and competition intensifies, the  Telephone Companies are
taking  the steps necessary to remain the customer's choice.  These strategies
include reducing  costs by reengineering  core processes, lowering  prices for
existing  competitive  services,  and   offering  new  products  and  services
customers want.

Reduce Costs
- ------------

To remain the  customer's choice, the  Corporation must increase  productivity
and reduce costs.  In 1993, Pacific  Bell reduced its workforce by about 1,500
employees.   As  a result,  employees per  ten thousand  access lines  for the
Telephone  Companies  decreased  4.6 percent,  while   revenues  per  employee
increased 5.1 percent.

Looking  ahead,  Pacific Bell  has  begun  a major  effort  to  reengineer its
internal  business   processes.     This  effort  confronts   an  increasingly
competitive  and complex  telecommunications environment  by streamlining  and
consolidating  operations, including  business offices,  network, installation
and collection centers, as  well as other facilities.   This will result in  a
more  efficient  company through  the  closure  and abandonment  of  redundant
operations.  As a result, Pacific Bell has announced a force reduction program
that will  result in  a net  reduction of 10,000  positions from  1994 through
1997.  (See "Operating Expenses"  on page F-13 for discussion of  related 1993
restructuring charge.)




                                      F-7








                                    <PAGE>

Reengineering is a bold step by Pacific Bell to provide reliable, powerful and
yet  competitively-priced  telecommunications  services to  its  customers  in
California.   Based  on current  estimates, the  future  expense savings  as a
result of reengineering and  the associated force reduction program  should be
about $170 million in 1994, with savings growing to nearly $1 billion annually
in four years.  In addition, effective in December 1993, Pacific  Bell and the
Pacific  Telesis holding company  deferred management salary  increases for an
indefinite period pending a review of 1994 business needs.

At Nevada Bell,  an early retirement program was offered  during November 1993
under which approximately 70 employees elected early retirement.

Lower Prices for Competitive Services
- -------------------------------------

The  CPUC's formal  authorization of  competition  into Pacific  Bell's intra-
service area toll market is expected in 1994.  To be competitive, Pacific Bell
has proposed  price reductions  in toll  services of  up to  60 percent.   The
proposed revenue  decrease  would be  essentially  offset by  increased  basic
rates, moving both toll and basic rates closer to the actual cost of providing
those   services.   (See  also  "Toll Services   Competition"   discussion  on
page F-3.)

Offer New Products and Services Customers Want
- ----------------------------------------------

In order to offer the new  products and services customers want, the Telephone
Companies  have been making  substantial investments to  improve the telephone
networks.   During 1993, the Telephone Companies  invested $1.9 billion in the
networks.     In   addition,  Pacific   Bell  has  been   conducting  personal
communications  services ("PCS") experiments since June 1991 with help from an
affiliate, Telesis Technologies Laboratory, Inc.

Advanced Network Services

To  meet customer  demand for  faster and  more reliable  services as  well as
demand  for new  products  and services,  the  Telephone Companies  have  made
substantial  investments in advanced digital technologies.  The focus of these
investments has been in the key technologies summarized below:

                                                            December 31
                                                       --------------------
Technology Deployment                                      1993    1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Access lines served by digital switches ................    52%     44%
Access lines with SS-7 capability ......................    79%     66%
Access lines with ISDN capability ......................    60%     44%
Miles of installed optical fiber (thousands) ...........    375     312
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Digital  switches and optical fiber  increase the capacity  and reliability of
transmitted  data while reducing maintenance costs.  ISDN (Integrated Services
Digital  Network)  allows simultaneous  voice, video  and  data over  a single
telephone line.   Signaling Systems 7  ("SS-7") permits faster call  setup and
new custom calling features.


                                      F-8








                                    <PAGE>

In  November 1993, Pacific Bell  announced a capital  investment plan totaling
$16 billion  over  the  next  seven  years    to  upgrade  its  core   network
infrastructure   and   to    begin   building   California's   "communications
superhighway."  This will be an integrated telecommunications, information and
entertainment  network  providing advanced  voice,  data  and video  services.
Using a combination of fiber optics and coaxial cable, Pacific Bell expects to
provide broadband services to more than  1.5 million homes by the end of  1996
and more than 5.0  million homes by  the end of  the decade.   As part of  its
current  plan, Pacific  Bell  has made  purchase  commitments totaling  nearly
$600 million  in accordance with  its previously announced  $1 billion program
for  deploying  an  all   digital  switching  platform  with  ISDN   and  SS-7
capabilities by 1997.

In  January  1994,  Pacific  Telesis  Video Services,  announced  an  advanced
interactive  television services trial that will  let participants help decide
what will be on California's communications superhighway.  The trial will test
consumer  acceptance of  sophisticated  services such  as multi-player  games,
interactive  home shopping  and  educational  programs, movies-on-demand,  and
time-shifted television programs.

Capital expenditures  in 1994 for the  Telephone Companies are forecast  to be
$1.9  billion, including  $1,136  million for  projects  designed to  generate
revenues and  $589 million for  projects designed  to reduce  costs.   Capital
expenditures  under Pacific Bell's seven year investment plan are not expected
to increase  until 1996 due to  the timing of  capital expenditures associated
with the construction of the broadband network.

Personal Communications Services

In October  1993,  the  FCC issued  an  order allocating  radio  spectrum  and
setting forth  licensing requirements to provide PCS.  PCS relies on a network
of  small,  low-powered   transceivers  that  may   be  placed  throughout   a
neighborhood,  business complex or community to  provide customers with mobile
voice and  data communications.   The FCC established  two different  sizes of
service areas nationwide for PCS: 47 large areas referred to  as Major Trading
Areas ("MTAs") and  487 smaller areas.  The MTA  licenses are for 30 megahertz
("MHz")  of spectrum.   In  any given  area, there  will be  as many  as seven
licenses, including two MTA licenses.  Most of the licenses will be awarded by
competitive bidding in auctions scheduled for 1994.   The Corporation plans to
aggressively pursue  PCS licenses at these  auctions and is well  placed to be
part of the expected multi-billion dollar market for PCS.

On  December 23,  1993,  the FCC  awarded a  "pioneer  preference" to  another
company for one of  the two larger MTA licenses covering  the Los Angeles, San
Diego,  and Las  Vegas market  area.   That company  will receive  the license
without  charge.   This is  expected to  place the  successful bidder  for the
remaining MTA license in  that area at a significant  competitive disadvantage
because of its  higher cost structure.  Winning bids in  major PCS markets are
expected to require  large capital expenditures.  The Corporation  has filed a
letter with the FCC asserting that improper contacts were made with the FCC by
the parties who were awarded pioneer preferences.






                                      F-9








                                    <PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  discussions  and  data  focus  primarily  on  the  results  of
operations  of  the  Telephone  Companies.    PacTel's  operations  have  been
classified separately within the  Corporation's financial statements as "spin-
off operations"  and are excluded from the amounts of revenues and expenses of
the  Corporation's "continuing operations" as discussed in this section.  (See
"PacTel  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  Supplemental  Financial  Information"
beginning on page F-65.)

                                             %                %
Operating Statistics                1993  Change     1992  Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Return on shareowners' equity (%)
  - fully consolidated ........... -20.5       -     14.2    7.6     13.2
Operating ratio (%)
  - continuing operations ........  92.8    20.4     77.1   -2.0     78.7
Revenues per employee
  - continuing operations
  ($ in thousands) ...............   164     5.1      156    6.1      147
Telephone Company employees per
  ten thousand access lines* .....  35.3    -4.6     37.0   -5.4     39.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*  excludes Pacific Bell Directory employees

The  1993 reported loss  of $1.5 billion  for the  Corporation as a  whole, or
$3.63 per  share, reflects charges relating to  the adoption of new accounting
rules for  postretirement and postemployment benefits,  a restructuring charge
relating  to  Pacific  Bell's  planned force  reductions,  and  several  other
restructuring  charges  and one-time  items.   (See  "Operating  Expenses" and
"Cumulative  Effect   of  Accounting  Changes"   on  pages   F-13  and   F-18,
respectively.)   After  tax, the  charges for  the accounting  changes reduced
earnings applicable  to continuing operations for the year by $1.7 billion, or
$4.16 per share.  The restructuring  charges reduced earnings by $861 million,
or  $2.08 per share.    Without these  charges,  and other  one-time  effects,
earnings from continuing operations would have decreased slightly compared  to
the prior  year.  For  the Corporation as  a whole, reported  earnings without
one-time items increased by about three percent.

Looking ahead, short-term results are expected  to continue to be affected  by
increasing  competition in the  Telephone Companies' markets  and a continuing
recession  in California.  However, long-term growth prospects and recovery of
the California economy should provide opportunity for stronger earnings.

In  1992, earnings  from  continuing  operations  increased $242  million,  or
$.54 per share, but included  about $37 million in  one-time items related  to
prior years.  In addition,  earnings for 1991 had been reduced by an after-tax
restructuring charge of $122 million,  or $.30 per share, associated  with the
costs of force  reduction programs.   Without this charge, and  other one-time
effects, the 1992 increase  in earnings from continuing operations  would have
been about eight percent.




                                     F-10








                                    <PAGE>

Operating Revenues
- ------------------
                                            %                 %
Volume Indicators                  1993  Change      1992  Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Customer switched access lines
  in service at December 31
  (thousands) ................   14,873     2.2    14,551    2.0   14,262
Carrier access minutes-
  of-use (millions) ..........   49,674     6.1    46,800    6.7   43,872
  - Interstate ...............   29,265     6.8    27,403    7.2   25,562
  - Intrastate ...............   20,409     5.2    19,397    5.9   18,310
Toll messages (millions)* ....    4,272     2.7     4,158    1.6    4,092
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

  *   Toll  messages include  Message  Telecommunications  Services,  Optional
      Calling  Plans, WATS, and terminating  800 messages.   Toll messages for
      prior years have been  restated to conform to the  current presentation.
      The expansion of Pacific Bell's local calling areas in June 1991 reduced
      subsequent  toll message  volumes.   As  a  result, comparison  of  1992
      volumes with 1991 volumes is not meaningful.


($ millions)                     1993   Change      1992   Change     1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenues ..... $9,244   $136      $9,108   -$60     $9,168
                                         1.5%              -0.7%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

In  1993,   the  Telephone  Companies'  total   operating  revenues  increased
reflecting net  growth in customer  demand and  a CPUC order  granting partial
recovery of  Pacific Bell's higher costs  due to the new  accounting rules for
postretirement benefits ("PBOPs").  (See "Other Postretirement Benefits Costs"
discussion  on page F-22.)   Also contributing to  the year-over-year increase
was a refund in 1992 ordered by the CPUC  related to the treatment of enhanced
services development  costs (the  "Product Development Refund")  which lowered
Pacific Bell's  comparative 1992  revenues.   These  increases were  partially
offset  by a $120  million rate reduction  for productivity  and other factors
from  the 1993  CPUC price cap  order, Pacific  Bell's annual  rate adjustment
determination under incentive-based regulation.

In December 1993, the CPUC approved Pacific Bell's annual price cap filing for
1994 in which Pacific  Bell had proposed a $105 million  rate reduction.  This
reduction  includes  a  decrease  of  $85  million  because  the  4.5  percent
productivity factor  of the  price cap formula  exceeded the  increase in  the
Gross  National Product Price Index by 1.3  percent.  The filing also included
several  additional factors  which  will decrease  revenues  by an  additional
$20 million.








                                     F-11








                                    <PAGE>


Factors affecting 1993 revenue growth are summarized below:

                        1992
                                CPUC Price Cap
                     Product
                               ----------------                      Total
                    Develop-           Produc-    Misc.             Change
                        ment          tivity &    Rates  Customer     from
($ millions)          Refund    PBOPs    Other  & Other    Demand     1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local service ......     $18     $ 52    -$ 58      $17      $ 71     $100
Network access
  Interstate .......                                -59        97       38
  Intrastate .......       5       14      -16      -16        31       18
Toll service .......      15       42      -46      -15       -41      -45
Other service
  revenues .........                                -20        45       25
                     --------  -------  ------- --------  --------  -------
Total operating
  revenues  ........     $38     $108    -$120     -$93      $203     $136
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local service revenues include  basic monthly service fees and  usage charges.
Fees and charges for  custom calling features, coin phones,  installation, and
service connections are also included in  this category.  The 1993 increase in
local service  revenues due to customer  demand in the above  table reflects a
2.2  percent increase  from a  year ago  in customer  access lines.   It  also
includes $13 million for new custom calling features introduced in 1993.

Network  access  revenues reflect  charges  to interexchange  carriers  and to
business and  residential customers  for access  to  the Telephone  Companies'
local networks.   The  increase in interstate  network access revenues  due to
customer  demand reported  above reflects  a 6.8  percent increase  in carrier
access  minutes-of-use  over 1992,  as well  as increased  access lines.   The
increase in intrastate network access revenues due to customer demand reflects
5.2 percent growth in minutes-of-use.

Toll  service  revenues  include  charges for  long-distance  services  within
service area boundaries.  Competition and the California recession combined to
reduce toll service revenues due to customer demand in 1993.

Other  service revenues  are generated  from a  variety of  services including
directory  advertising,  information  services,  and  billing  and  collection
provided by the Telephone Companies.  Other service revenues for 1993 includes
an increase in information service revenues of $25 million chiefly  due to the
success  of Pacific Bell's business and  residential voice mail products.  The
increase  was partially  offset by  a $14 million  decrease in  Pacific Bell's
directory advertising revenues over  the year due to the  continuing recession
in California.









                                     F-12








                                    <PAGE>


In  1992, the Telephone Companies'  total operating revenues  decreased.  Rate
reductions  substantially offset  revenue increases  of $218 million  from net
growth in customer demand.  The rate reductions included $132 million from the
1992 CPUC  price cap  order, along  with miscellaneous  rate reductions.   The
Product  Development Refund  in 1992  also lowered  revenues in  comparison to
1991.   Two items  affected  individual revenue  categories in  1992, but  had
little impact on  total revenues.   A CPUC rate shift  program which ended  in
1992  shifted a  portion of  Pacific Bell's  revenues from  intrastate network
access to  local and toll  service revenues.   In addition,  the expansion  of
Pacific Bell's  local calling areas  from 8 to  12 miles in June  1991 lowered
toll revenues, but was  accompanied by a substantially offsetting  increase in
local service revenues.

Operating Expenses
- ------------------

($ millions)                      1993   Change     1992   Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expenses .....  $8,582  $1,557    $7,025   -$192   $7,217
                                          22.2%             -2.7%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  increase   in  total  operating   expenses  for  1993   reflects  pre-tax
restructuring charges  recorded by  the Corporation during  the year  totaling
$1.431 billion.    Without these  restructuring  charges,  and other  one-time
effects, 1993 expenses  would have  increased slightly compared  to the  prior
year.

The largest  of the  1993 restructuring  charges is a  $977 million  charge by
Pacific  Bell to recognize the incremental cost of force reductions associated
with  restructuring  its  internal  business  processes through  1997.    This
restructuring is necessary  to reduce  future costs to  respond to  increasing
competition.   (See "Competition" beginning  on page F-2.)   One  component of
this charge is  for incremental  costs of severance  benefits associated  with
terminating  approximately 14,400  employees from  1994 through  1997.   A net
reduction  of 10,000  positions  is expected  by the  end of  1997.   A second
component is  for information systems reengineering expenses  which will allow
force  reduction through  the  use  of  information  technology  to  radically
redesign and  streamline existing  business practices.   The  consolidation of
facilities  will  also be  necessary  to support  this  downsizing initiative.
Pacific Bell expects  to relocate 10,600 employees due to the consolidation of
business offices,  network, installation  and collection centers,  as well  as
other facilities.













                                     F-13








                                    <PAGE>


The  components of Pacific Bell's restructuring charge and the projected costs
(cash  outflows) which  will be charged  to the related  reserve are displayed
below:

Pacific Bell Restructuring        1994     1995     1996     1997    Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ millions)

Severance .....................   $120     $241     $174     $115   $  650
Information systems
  reengineering ...............     94      167       97       38      396
Consolidation of facilities ...     12       28        9        2       51
                                -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Projected costs to be charged
  to the reserve ..............    226      436      280      155    1,097

1991 restructuring reserve.....    (77)       -        -        -      (77)
Capitalized to construction ...     (8)     (16)     (12)      (7)     (43)
                                -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
1993 restructuring charge .....   $141     $420     $268     $148   $  977
                                =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Associated force reductions ...  2,700    5,500    3,800    2,400   14,400
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Based  on  current  estimates,  future  expenses  will  be  reduced  by  about
$170 million in 1994 as a result of Pacific Bell's restructuring, with expense
reductions expected  to  grow to  nearly $1  billion annually  in four  years.
Actual cash outflows for  severance and other expenditures required  to effect
the restructuring will be substantially offset by cash savings in 1994.  These
savings are also expected to grow to nearly $1 billion annually in four years.

During  1993,   the  Corporation   completed  a  reevaluation   of  investment
alternatives  relating to  its  1990 decision  to dispose  of the  real estate
portfolio of its real estate subsidiary.  Based on its decision to dispose  of
these assets  over the next three  to five years, the  Corporation recorded an
additional pre-tax  restructuring reserve  of $347 million to  cover potential
future losses on sales and estimated operating losses.  An  earlier reserve of
$100  million had  been  recorded in  1990.    As of  December  31, 1993,  the
remaining balance of the reserves for real estate losses totaled $338 million.
An  additional pre-tax charge of $51 million was recorded during 1993 relating
to  the  withdrawal from,  or restructuring  of,  the Corporation's  cable and
customer premises equipment  businesses.   The remaining $56  million of  1993
charges  primarily  relate to  anticipated costs  of  the planned  spin-off of
PacTel.

Results for 1991  reflect a  $203 million pre-tax  restructuring charge  which
included  $167 million  for the  cost of  management force  reduction programs
through 1994 and $36 million for  associated pension expense.  After reduction
for incremental force reduction costs in 1993 and  1992, the remaining balance
of this reserve as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 was approximately $77 million
and $101 million, respectively.   The 1993 restructuring charge is net  of the
$77 million remaining balance in the 1991 restructuring reserve.




                                     F-14








                                    <PAGE>

Without the effects of the 1991 restructuring charge, total operating expenses
for  1992  increased  slightly   year-over-year,  while  Pacific  Bell's  1992
operating expenses would  have declined  slightly.    Pacific Bell's  decrease
reflects  the impacts of earlier  force reduction efforts,  along with reduced
depreciation and amortization.  Increases relating  to upgrading switches with
SS-7  capabilities, improvements  in  internal operating  systems, and  larger
recession-related  write-offs  of  accounts  receivable  substantially  offset
Pacific Bell's expense reduction.

In  January 1994,  an  earthquake damaged  31 Pacific  Bell  buildings in  the
Los Angeles  area.    The  Corporation  estimates  repair  costs  may approach
$25 million.  Pacific Bell is insured for any damages exceeding this amount.

Salary and Wage Expense

($ millions)                      1993   Change     1992   Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salary and wage expense .......  $2,645    $473    $2,172   -$230   $2,402
                                           21.8%             -9.6%
Employees-average during year*.  56,233    -3.8%   58,436    -5.9%  62,127
Employees-end of year*.........  55,355    -2.9%   57,023    -3.4%  59,037
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * continuing operations

Salary and  wage expense is the largest component of total operating expenses.
At  Pacific  Bell, salary  and wage  expense  increased $74  million  in 1993.
Higher  compensation rates  increased  Pacific Bell's  salaries  and wages  by
$73 million primarily due to  a nonsalaried wage increase effective  in August
1993.   In September  1992,  labor contracts  were reached  with unions  which
represent  about 70 percent of  the employees of  the Corporation's continuing
operations.   The agreements provide a 12 percent increase in wages, including
job upgrades, and a 13 percent increase  in pensions over the three-year term.
In  addition, the contracts include incentives  for early retirement, enhanced
employment  security,  improvements in  work  and  family  life benefits,  and
increases in health care  and dental care  coverage.  Pacific Bell's  salaries
and  wages also  increased by  $38  million due  to greater  overtime pay  for
extended customer service  hours.   The overall increase  at Pacific Bell  was
partially offset by a $55 million decrease due to fewer employees.

At Pacific  Bell, salary and wage  expense decreased by $234  million in 1992.
However,  the  1991  comparable expense  included  $147  million  of the  1991
restructuring  charge for  force reduction  programs.   The effects of  a 1992
workforce reduction of about 2,000 employees contributed to the 1992 decrease.

Depreciation and Amortization

($ millions)                      1993   Change    1992    Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization    $1,736     $26   $1,710     -$29   $1,739
                                            1.5%             -1.7%
Depreciation as a percent of
  average depreciable plant (%)     6.9              6.9               7.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The increase in  depreciation and  amortization expense for  1993 reflects  an
expanded plant  base at  the  Telephone Companies  resulting from  accelerated

                                     F-15








                                    <PAGE>

network modernization.  The  Telephone Companies' planned capital expenditures
are expected  to further  increase  plant levels  causing higher  depreciation
expense  in  future years.   (See  "Advanced  Network Services"  discussion on
page F-8.)

The decrease in depreciation  and amortization expense for 1992  was primarily
due  to reduced  expense of  $98 million  at Pacific  Bell resulting  from the
completion  of   the  amortization  of  station   connections  for  intrastate
operations at year-end  1991.  This expense reduction was  matched by an equal
reduction in revenues from the 1992 annual price cap filing.

Other Employee-Related Expenses
                                             %                 %
($ millions)                      1993    Change   1992     Change   1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits .......    $241    127.4    $106      -3.6    $110
Health care and life
  insurance benefits
  of active employees .........    $229     -4.2    $239      -3.2    $247
Other benefits ................    $129    -11.6    $146       5.0    $139
Payroll taxes .................    $180      4.0    $173      -2.8    $178
Pensions ......................    $ 14      7.7    $ 13     -59.4    $ 32
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  increase in postretirement benefits expense for 1993 reflects an increase
of  $80 million due  to the  Corporation's higher  costs under  new accounting
rules for postretirement benefits.  (See also "Cumulative Effect of Accounting
Changes"  on page F-18.)   Prior to 1993,  all postretirement benefit expenses
were charged to  general, administrative,  and other expenses.   Beginning  in
1993, these costs  are also being allocated to cost  of products and services,
and customer operations and selling expenses.

Pension expense declined in 1992 as the prior year amount includes $36 million
of  the 1991 restructuring charge related  to force reduction programs.  Other
benefits  consists primarily  of company  contributions to  employees' savings
plans.

Interest Expense
- ----------------
                                            %                 %
($ millions)                     1993    Change    1992    Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
  Long-term debt ..............  $450     -6.2     $480     -0.2     $481
  Short-term debt .............    18    -30.8       26    -42.2       45
  LESOP trust .................    20    -25.9       27    -42.6       47
  Other obligations ...........    21    177.8      -27   -280.0       15
                                 ----              ----              ----
Total .........................  $509      0.6     $506    -13.9     $588
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest  expense for 1993 reflects  lower interest rates  on long- and short-
term debt, along with a reduction in average short-term borrowings and reduced
principal associated with the Corporation's leveraged employee stock ownership
plan ("LESOP") trust.  However, total interest expense increased in comparison
to 1992.   Interest expense for 1992 was reduced  by a reversal of $30 million

                                     F-16








                                    <PAGE>

of prior year interest, for which related contingencies were resolved.

During 1993,  Pacific Bell issued $2.65 billion of long-term debt to refinance
higher interest rate issues.  This refinancing is expected to save $36 million
annually.

The decrease in interest expense in 1992 reflects the above-mentioned interest
reversal.  Reduced  interest expense  from the Corporation's  LESOP trust  and
short-term  borrowings  also contributed  to  the  decrease.   LESOP  interest
expense  is  matched by  an  equal  amount  of  interest income  reflected  in
miscellaneous income.

Miscellaneous Income
- --------------------

($ millions)                      1993   Change     1992   Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous income ..........    $48   -$154      $202     $58     $144
                                         -76.2%             40.3%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The decrease in miscellaneous income in 1993 primarily reflects a $108 million
comparative  decrease in interest income.   In the prior year, the Corporation
realized  $70 million of  interest  income relating  to  a Summary  Assessment
refund received from the IRS.  In addition, interest income earned during 1993
by  PacTel   Capital  Resources   ("PTCR"),  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary,  on
intercompany advances  to PacTel declined by $26 million.   (See also Note J -
"Related Party Transactions" on page F-55.)  A 1993 increase of $23 million in
the interstate portion of costs relating to the early retirement  of long-term
debt by  Pacific Bell also  contributed to the  decrease in net  miscellaneous
income.

The  increase  in  miscellaneous income  in  1992  was  primarily  due to  the
$70 million of interest income realized that year from  the Summary Assessment
refund.   The increase was partially  offset by a reduction  in LESOP interest
income during  1992 of $20 million due  to lower interest  rates and principal
balances.




















                                     F-17








                                    <PAGE>


Income Taxes
- ------------

($ millions)                     1993    Change    1992    Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes ..................   $10    -$596     $606      $30     $576
                                         -98.3%              5.2%

Effective tax rate (%) ........   5.0              34.1              38.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The decrease in income taxes for 1993 reflects the Corporation's lower pre-tax
income for the  year.  The  amount of investment  tax credit amortization  and
reversals of fixed asset related items in relation to the lower pre-tax income
contributed  to the  reduced  effective tax  rate for  1993.   Investment  tax
credits  earned in prior  years are  amortized as  reductions to  tax expense.
During August  1993, new tax provisions were  enacted under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act  of 1993 which  included an increase  in the corporate  tax
rate  from 34  percent to  35 percent  retroactive to  January  1, 1993.   The
cumulative  effect of  the  new tax  provisions  was recognized  during  third
quarter  1993  by  a  reduction  to  income tax  expense  resulting  from  the
adjustment  of  prior  periods'  deferred  taxes.     However,  this  positive
adjustment was partly offset by the effect of the tax rate increase on current
income.   Overall, the  new tax  provisions did not  significantly affect  the
Corporation's tax expense for the year.

The  increase in income  taxes for  1992 reflects  higher pre-tax  income. The
reduction  in the  effective tax  rate was  due primarily  to the  reversal of
deferred taxes on  fixed asset related items recorded in  prior years at rates
higher than the  current statutory rate.   A reduction in  non-deductible book
depreciation also contributed to the lower effective tax rate.

The Corporation's  adoption of new income tax accounting rules in 1992 did not
significantly  affect income tax expense  applicable to income from continuing
operations.  (See also Note D - "Income Taxes" on page F-42.)

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes
- ---------------------------------------

Effective  January  1, 1993,  the Corporation  adopted Statement  of Financial
Accounting  Standards  No.  106   ("SFAS  106"),  "Employers'  Accounting  for
Postretirement  Benefits  Other than  Pensions,"  and  Statement of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  No.  112   ("SFAS  112"),  "Employers'  Accounting  for
Postemployment Benefits."   These new rules require a change  from the cash to
the accrual method of accounting  for these costs.  The cumulative  effects of
applying the new rules to prior years were recognized during  1993 by one-time
noncash charges applicable  to continuing operations totaling  $1.724 billion.
The charges  are net of deferred income tax  benefits of $1.155 billion.  (See
also  "Other Postretirement Benefits  Costs" on page F-22.)   In future years,
these new accounting  rules will increase  annual benefit costs,  but are  not
expected to materially affect reported earnings.





                                     F-18








                                    <PAGE>


LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

The  Corporation defines  liquidity as  its ability  to generate  resources to
finance  business  expansion,  construct   capital  assets,  pay  its  current
obligations, and pay dividends.  The Corporation has met most of its financing
needs  from internally generated funds, but can also obtain external financing
through  the issuance  of  common stock,  and  short- and  long-term  debt, if
needed.

If  the recession  in California  continues and  competition increases  in the
coming years,  Pacific Bell's internal  sources of cash could  be reduced from
historical  levels.   Any  decision to  seek debt  and  equity in  the capital
markets would have to be balanced by the Corporation's desire  to maintain its
strong credit ratings  as well as the objective of  minimizing dilution of the
interests of existing shareowners.

Short-term  borrowings are  available  under a  commercial  paper program  and
through  about $1.7  billion in  unused formal and  informal lines  of credit.
These lines of credit can be used on terms to be mutually agreed upon with the
lending banks and are subject to the banks' continued review.

For longer term borrowings, Pacific Bell has remaining authority from the CPUC
to issue up to $1.25 billion of  long- and intermediate-term debt from a total
of $1.8 billion authorized  in September 1993.   The proceeds  may be used  to
redeem maturing debt  and to refinance  other debt issues.   Pacific Bell  has
remaining authority  from the  SEC to issue  up to  $650 million of  long- and
intermediate-term debt through a shelf  registration filed in April 1993.   In
addition, PTCR may  issue up to  $192 million of medium-term  notes through  a
shelf registration on file with the SEC.

No  recapitalization  of   Pacific  Bell  is  planned  as  a   result  of  the
Corporation's spin-off of PacTel's wireless operations.  Immediately after the
December  1992 announcement  of the  planned spin-off,  Duff and  Phelps, Inc.
reaffirmed Pacific Bell's debt rating.  Standard & Poor's ("S&P") affirmed its
rating on  the outstanding long-term  debt of PTCR  and Pacific Bell,  and the
commercial paper programs of Pacific Bell, PTCR and the Corporation.  S&P also
revised its  ratings outlook for the  long-term debt of PTCR  and Pacific Bell
from "stable" to "positive."   Additionally, Moody's Investors Service  stated
that the debt ratings of all three entities are unlikely to be affected by the
spin-off.

The  above ratings reflect  the views of  the rating agencies;  they should be
evaluated independently of  one another  and are not  recommendations to  buy,
sell or  hold the securities of the  Corporation.  There is  no assurance that
such ratings  will continue for any  period of time  or that they will  not be
changed or withdrawn.










                                     F-19








                                    <PAGE>


Cash From Operating Activities
- ------------------------------

($ millions)                      1993   Change     1992   Change     1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash from operating activities
  of continuing operations .... $2,727    -$80    $2,807    $368    $2,439
                                          -2.9%             15.1%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The decrease in  1993 cash flow from operating activities  is primarily due to
the  Corporation's  receipt  in  the  prior  year  of  a  one-time  refund  of
$185 million from  the IRS.  This  refund recovered a  1987 Summary Assessment
payment and raised  1992 cash  from operating activities  in relation to  both
1993 and  1991.  Timing  differences in  the payment of  accounts payable  and
other liabilities also contributed to the 1992 increase over 1991.

Cash Used For Investing Activities
- ----------------------------------

($ millions)                      1993   Change     1992   Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash used for investing
  activities .................  $2,139    -$56    $2,195    $425   $1,770
                                          -2.6%             24.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The decrease in 1993 cash used for investing activities reflects cash received
from PacTel in settling intercompany payable balances, offset substantially by
increased  capital contributions  by the  Pacific Telesis  holding company  to
PacTel.  (See also  Note J - "Related Party Transactions" on  page F-55.)  The
decrease  also reflects smaller additions to property, plant, and equipment by
continuing operations.   Although  1993 capital expenditures  by Pacific  Bell
increased  about $160 million, cash used for additions to property, plant, and
equipment decreased by $25 million in  comparison to 1992.  The 1992 additions
to property, plant, and equipment were raised by about $100 million due to the
Corporation's assumption of  the remaining interest in one of  its real estate
partnerships.

The increase in  1992 cash  used for investing  activities reflects  increased
capital contributions to  PacTel.   The Corporation's assumption  of the  real
estate partnership interest in 1992 also contributed to increased additions to
property, plant, and equipment.

In  1993,  the  Telephone  Companies   made  capital  expenditures  of   about
$1.9 billion.   In November 1993, Pacific Bell announced plans to invest about
$16   billion  over  the  next  seven  years   to  upgrade  its  core  network
infrastructure  and   to  begin  building  an  integrated  telecommunications,
information and entertainment network providing advanced voice, data and video
services.   (See  "Advanced Network Services"  discussion on  page F-8.)   The
Corporation  expects to continue  to meet most  of the financing  needs of its
capital program from internally generated funds.




                                     F-20








                                    <PAGE>


Cash Used For Financing Activities
- ----------------------------------

($ millions)                     1993    Change    1992    Change    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash used for financing
  activities ..................  $593     -$15     $608     -$79     $687
                                          -2.5%            -11.5%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The slight  decrease in 1993  cash used  for financing  activities reflects  a
$624 million decrease in cash derived from net short-term borrowings which was
more than offset by increased proceeds from treasury stock issuances and other
activity.  Treasury stock issuances increased to $728 million (at cost) during
1993  from $173 million  in 1992.   The increased issuances  were primarily to
meet  the greater requirements of  the Corporation's dividend reinvestment and
stock  purchase  plan due  to features  introduced  in December  1992 offering
discounted  stock   purchases.     During  September  1993,   the  Corporation
discontinued this offer.   For  1993, the Board  maintained the  Corporation's
dividend at $2.18 per share, the same level as in 1992.  Management intends to
recommend to the Board that this level be maintained in 1994.

Long-term  borrowing activity,  excluding  spin-off operations,  included  the
following issuances and redemptions:

                           Interest            Maturity        Principal
($ millions)                  Rate               Date            Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuances:
   1993 ............   6.25% to  7.50%       2005 to 2043       $2,650
   1992 ............   7.00% to  7.75%       2002 to 2032       $  929

Retirements:
   1993 ............  6.125% to 9.625%       1993 to 2030       $2,624
   1992 ............  5.125% to 9.875%       1993 to 2019       $  973
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pre-tax  interest coverage was  negative for  1993 compared  to 4.6  times for
1992.   This  decrease was primarily  due to  the Corporation's  1993 reported
loss.   The Corporation's debt ratio  of 41.0 percent as of  December 31, 1993
decreased from 43.5 percent as of  December 31, 1992, reflecting reduced  debt
balances.    The  Corporation's  debt ratio,  excluding  spin-off  operations,
increased to 53.8  percent from 45.9  percent as of  December 31, 1992.   This
increase  reflects the effect of excluding the Corporation's equity in PacTel,
which increased  during 1993 and more  than offset the impact  of reduced debt
balances.

In  1992, cash  used for  financing activities  increased primarily  due to  a
reduction in  cash  derived from  new borrowings,  net of  retirements.   Cash
derived  from net  short-term  borrowings decreased  $63  million.   In  1992,
dividends per share increased 1.9 percent to $2.18.

The Corporation's  adoption of  SFAS 106  and SFAS  112, effective  January 1,
1993, increased other noncurrent liabilities by $2.9 billion.  Deferred income
tax liabilities were reduced by $1.2 billion due to the  related tax benefits,

                                     F-21








                                    <PAGE>

resulting in a net increase to liabilities of $1.7 billion upon adopting these
two new standards.


PENDING REGULATORY ISSUES

PacTel Spin-off
- ---------------

In February  1993, the CPUC instituted an investigation of the spin-off of the
Corporation's  wireless operations for the purpose of assessing any effects it
might have on the telephone  customers of Pacific Bell.  On November  2, 1993,
the CPUC  adopted a decision  permitting the  spin-off to proceed.   The  CPUC
further  ordered  a refund  by  the Corporation  of  approximately $50 million
(including interest)  of  cellular pre-operational  and development  expenses.
Further proceedings will determine how the refund will be disbursed.  The CPUC
decision was effective immediately.

Two  parties to the CPUC investigation filed Applications for Rehearing by the
CPUC  of its  treatment of the  claims for  compensation owed  to Pacific Bell
customers.  One  of these parties further stated that  if it were unsuccessful
with the CPUC  it would seek review by the California  Supreme Court.  Another
party  filed a  Petition for Modification  of the  CPUC's decision.   In March
1994, the  CPUC denied these  requests.  In  the event the  California Supreme
Court were  to review and  reverse the  CPUC's decision, no  assurance can  be
given  that the CPUC might not reach  a new decision materially less favorable
to the  Corporation or  PacTel with  respect to the  compensation issues.   In
addition, a substantial period of time could elapse before final resolution of
these issues  should a review be  granted.  The Corporation  believes that the
California Supreme Court will deny a review.

Other Postretirement Benefits Costs
- -----------------------------------

In  December 1992,  the CPUC  issued a  decision adopting,  with modification,
SFAS 106 for regulatory accounting  purposes.  The CPUC decision  also granted
Pacific Bell  $108  million  for  partial  recovery  of 1993  SFAS 106  costs.
Pacific Bell is required to file annually for recovery in conjunction with its
price cap filing, and therefore such recovery  will vary.  The 1994 CPUC price
cap decision grants  Pacific Bell $100  million for partial  recovery of  1994
SFAS  106 costs.  Two  ratepayer advocacy groups  have each challenged certain
aspects of the decision adopting SFAS  106, which could affect rate  recovery.
The Corporation is unable to predict the outcome of these pending challenges.

Universal Lifeline Telephone Service Trust Audit
- ------------------------------------------------

In  October  1992,  the CPUC's  Commission  Advisory  and  Compliance Division
released  an audit report recommending that Pacific Bell return $36 million to
the  Universal  Lifeline  Telephone  Service  ("ULTS")   trust.    This  trust
reimburses  local telephone companies for revenues  lost and expenses incurred
as   a  result  of  providing  subsidized  telephone  service  to  low  income
Californians.   In November  1993, Pacific  Bell and  the  CPUC's Division  of
Ratepayer  Advocates  jointly filed  a  settlement  agreement with  the  CPUC.
Subject to CPUC approval, Pacific Bell will return approximately $8 million to
the  ULTS trust via installments over  one year and additionally reduce future

                                     F-22








                                    <PAGE>

billings  to the trust  by about $1  million annually.   Pacific Bell recorded
this liability in 1993.

Information Services Subsidiary
- -------------------------------

Effective January 1,  1993, Pacific Bell transferred its  Information Services
Group  to  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Pacific  Bell  Information  Services
("PBIS").    PBIS  provides business  and  residential  voice  mail and  other
selected information services.  In July 1992, the CPUC issued a decision which
would  require  Pacific Bell  to reduce  rates by  the difference  between the
"going concern" value of  PBIS and its  adjusted net book  value.  In  October
1992,  the  CPUC  denied Pacific  Bell's  Application  for  Rehearing of  this
decision  but  invited  Pacific Bell  to  file  a  Petition for  Modification.
Pacific Bell  filed a petition in  January 1993 based  on its belief  that the
decision results in a double reduction in rates to customers.

Pacific Bell  believes that, at  a minimum, any  reduction in rates  should be
further offset by $111  million:  $57 million previously  granted customers in
the Product Development  Refund and  $54 million provided  by shareowners  for
PBIS.   Further, any remainder  should be prorated  according to proportionate
risks borne by shareowners  and Pacific Bell's customers.  The  Corporation is
unable to predict the outcome of this issue.

Late Payment Charge Complaint
- -----------------------------

In  March 1991,  a consumer  advocacy group  filed a  complaint with  the CPUC
against  Pacific  Bell  alleging  that  erroneous  late  payment  charges were
assessed against some  customers.  In May 1993, the  CPUC ordered Pacific Bell
to refund  about $35  million in late  payment and reconnection  charges which
resulted from  problems with  its payment  processing system.   The  CPUC also
imposed  penalties  totaling  $15  million  on  Pacific  Bell  for  improperly
assessing  late payment charges  and disconnecting customers  between 1986 and
February 1991.   Pacific Bell believes  the decision misinterprets  California
law.   In November 1993, the CPUC granted  Pacific Bell a limited rehearing of
the decision.  The rehearing  will examine the legal basis for  the penalties,
the  statute of  limitations on  refunds, and  whether unclaimed  refunds must
escheat  to the  state.   A  resolution of  this  issue is  expected in  1994;
however, the Corporation is unable to predict the final outcome.

Two  shareowner derivative lawsuits were filed in San Francisco Superior Court
in  July 1993  against  directors and  officers in  connection  with the  same
allegations made in  the late payment  charge complaint  filed with the  CPUC.
These suits were dismissed in February 1994; however, the cases are subject to
rehearing and possible appeal.

In  addition, a consumer class action seeking  refunds, with interest, of late
payment charges erroneously collected from  Pacific Bell's customers was filed
in  San Diego Superior Court in  February 1992.  Pacific  Bell has argued that
the court lacks jurisdiction while the CPUC is reviewing the same issues.  The
court rejected this argument.  However, a stay of this action has been ordered
pending the outcome  of the CPUC  proceedings.  The  Corporation is unable  to
predict  the outcome of this case or  whether any damages awarded by the court
would be duplicative of any penalties imposed by the CPUC.


                                     F-23








                                    <PAGE>

CPUC Regulatory Framework Review
- --------------------------------

In 1992, the CPUC  began its scheduled review  of the current  incentive-based
regulatory framework.  Among  other issues, this review has  examined elements
of the  price cap formula, including  the productivity factor and  the rate of
return on investment,  adopted in  the 1989 New  Regulatory Framework  ("NRF")
order.   The Corporation has  proposed no significant  changes to the  current
framework because our  experience to date suggests the framework is working as
intended.

In March 1994,  a CPUC Administrative Law Judge issued  a proposed decision in
the NRF review.   The proposed decision would eliminate an  element of the NRF
which  requires equal sharing with customers of earnings exceeding a benchmark
rate of  return.   Earnings  above  a rate  of return  of  16.5 percent  would
continue to be  returned to customers.  The proposed  decision also recommends
increasing the productivity factor of  the price cap formula from 4.5  percent
to 6.0 percent for the period 1994 through  1996.  If adopted by the CPUC, the
change  in  the  productivity   factor  would  reduce  revenues  approximately
$100 million  each year  through 1996.   Pacific  Bell plans to  file comments
objecting   to  the  proposed  increase  in  the  productivity  factor.    The
Corporation is unable to predict the final outcome of these proceedings or the
effective date of any rate reductions.

FCC Regulatory Framework Review
- -------------------------------

In 1994, the FCC will review its "Price Cap" alternative regulatory framework.
The FCC is looking for comments on three main sets of issues: (1) refining the
goals of price caps to better meet the public interest and the purposes of the
Communications  Act;  (2) whether  to revise  the  current plan  (which became
effective  January 1,  1991) to help  it better  meet the  FCC's goals,  or to
adjust the plan to changes in circumstances;  and (3) possible transition from
the baseline price cap plan toward relaxation of regulatory oversight and rate
regulation as competition develops in the local loop.


ACCOUNTING UNDER REGULATION

The  Telephone  Companies  currently  account  for  the  economic  effects  of
regulation  under   Statement  of   Financial  Accounting  Standards   No.  71
("SFAS 71"), "Accounting for  the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation."  If
it becomes no longer reasonable to assume the Telephone Companies will recover
their costs through  rates charged  to customers, whether  resulting from  the
effects of increased competition or specific regulatory actions, SFAS 71 would
no longer apply.  If Pacific Bell, the Corporation's largest subsidiary,  were
no  longer to  qualify for the  provisions of  SFAS 71,  the financial effects
would be material.



                            -----------------------





                                     F-24








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                     Selected Financial and Operating Data
(Dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)         1993     1992      1991     1990     1989
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Operating revenues ........... $ 9,244  $ 9,108   $ 9,168  $ 9,052  $ 9,089
Operating expenses ...........   8,582    7,025     7,217    6,989    6,689
Operating income .............     662    2,083     1,951    2,063    2,400
Earnings (loss):
Income from continuing
  operations .................     191    1,173       931      981    1,202
Income (loss) from spin-off
  operations .................      29      (31)       84       49       40
Cumulative effect of
  accounting changes .........  (1,724)       -         -        -        -
Net income (loss) ............ $(1,504) $ 1,142   $ 1,015  $ 1,030  $ 1,242
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Income from continuing
  operations ................. $  0.46  $  2.91   $  2.37  $  2.47  $  2.92
Income (loss) from spin-off
  operations .................    0.07    (0.08)     0.21     0.12     0.10
Cumulative effect of
  accounting changes .........   (4.16)       -         -        -        -
Net income (loss) ............ $ (3.63) $  2.83   $  2.58  $  2.59  $  3.02
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
Dividends per share .......... $  2.18  $  2.18   $  2.14  $  2.02  $  1.88
Book value per share* ........ $ 18.40  $ 20.37   $ 19.27  $ 18.53  $ 18.93
Return on equity (%)* ........   -20.5     14.2      13.2     13.7     15.4
Return on capital (%)* .......    -7.0     11.2      10.6     11.2     12.2
Total shareowners' return (%)**   27.2      4.3       3.3     -6.2     69.1

Total assets ................. $23,437  $21,849   $21,226  $21,051  $20,870
Net assets of spin-off
  operations ................. $ 2,874  $   745   $   663  $   634  $   591
Debt maturing within one year  $   595  $ 1,158   $   951  $   810  $   268
Long-term obligations ........ $ 5,129  $ 5,207   $ 5,395  $ 5,496  $ 5,215
Shareowners' equity .......... $ 7,786  $ 8,251   $ 7,729  $ 7,401  $ 7,888
Debt ratio (%)* ...............   41.0     43.5      45.2     46.2     41.3
Capital expenditures*......... $ 2,491  $ 2,381   $ 2,207  $ 2,059  $ 1,896
Cash from operating activities
  of continuing operations ... $ 2,727  $ 2,807   $ 2,439  $ 2,542  $ 2,870
Toll messages (millions)***...   4,272    4,158     4,092    4,174    3,137
Carrier access minutes-
  of-use (millions) ..........  49,674   46,800    43,872   41,383   38,251
Customer switched access lines
  in service at December 31
  (thousands) ................  14,873   14,551    14,262   13,868   13,420
Total employees at December 31  60,050   61,346    62,236   65,829   68,452
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Certain prior year data have been restated to reflect the planned spin-off
    of PacTel  Corporation.  The  operating results  and net assets  of PacTel
    Corporation  are classified  separately as  "spin-off operations"  and are
    excluded from  amounts for the "continuing operations"  of Pacific Telesis

                                     F-25








                                    <PAGE>

    Group.  (See Note A - "Basis of Presentation" on page F-37.)

    Results  for 1993,  1991,  and 1990  reflect  restructuring charges  which
    reduced income  from continuing operations  by $861, $122  and $65 million
    for each  respective year, and related  per share amounts by  $2.08, $.30,
    and $.16 for each respective year.

  * Reflects both continuing and spin-off operations for all years presented.

 ** Includes the sum of stock price appreciation and dividends for the year.

*** Toll  messages  include   Message  Telecommunications  Services,  Optional
    Calling  Plans, WATS,  and Terminating  800 messages.   Toll  messages for
    years subsequent  to 1989  have been  restated to conform  to the  current
    presentation.    The  expansion  of  Pacific  Bell's  local calling  areas
    effective June 1991 reduced subsequent toll message volumes.  As a result,
    comparisons of 1992 volumes with prior year volumes are not meaningful.








































                                     F-26








                                    <PAGE>


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

To the Shareowners of Pacific Telesis Group:

The  management  of Pacific  Telesis Group  is  responsible for  preparing the
accompanying  financial statements  and for  their integrity  and objectivity.
The statements were  prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles applied on a consistent basis and are not misstated due to material
fraud  or error.   In instances where  exact measurement is  not possible, the
financial statements include amounts based on management's best estimates  and
judgments.   Management  also prepared  the other  information in  this annual
financial review and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with  the
financial statements.

The Corporation's financial statements have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand,
independent  accountants,   whose  appointment   has  been  ratified   by  the
shareowners.   Management has  made  available to  Coopers &  Lybrand all  the
Corporation's  financial records and related  data, as well  as the minutes of
shareowners' and directors'  meetings. Furthermore,  management believes  that
all of its  representations made to Coopers & Lybrand  during their audit were
valid and appropriate.

Management has established  and maintains  a system of  internal control  that
provides  reasonable  assurance as  to the  integrity  and reliability  of the
financial statements,  the  protection  of assets  from  unauthorized  use  or
disposition,  and  the  prevention   and  detection  of  fraudulent  financial
reporting.  The system  of internal control provides for  appropriate division
of  responsibility and is documented  by written policies  and procedures that
are  communicated  to  employees  with  significant  roles  in  the  financial
reporting  process  and are  updated  as  necessary.   Management  continually
monitors the system of internal control for compliance, and maintains a strong
internal auditing program that independently assesses the effectiveness of the
internal controls and recommends improvements when necessary.  In addition, as
part  of  their audit  of the  Corporation's  financial statements,  Coopers &
Lybrand  have obtained  a  sufficient understanding  of  the internal  control
structure  to determine the  nature, timing, and  extent of audit  tests to be
performed.  Management  has considered  the internal auditors'  and Coopers  &
Lybrand's  recommendations concerning  the  Corporation's  system of  internal
control and has  taken actions that  it believes are cost-effective  under the
circumstances to  respond appropriately to these  recommendations.  Management
believes  that the  Corporation's system  of internal  control is  adequate to
accomplish the objectives discussed.

Management  also recognizes  its  responsibility to  foster  a strong  ethical
climate that enables  the Corporation to conduct its  affairs according to the
highest standards of personal  and corporate conduct.  This  responsibility is
characterized and  reflected in the  Corporation's code of  corporate conduct,
which  is  publicized  throughout  the  Corporation.    The  code  of  conduct
addresses,  among other  things: potential  conflicts of  interest; compliance
with all domestic laws,  including those relating to foreign  transactions and
financial disclosure; and the confidentiality of proprietary information.  The
Corporation maintains  a systematic  program to  assess compliance with  these
policies.



                                     F-27








                                    <PAGE>


The Audit Committee of  the Board of  Directors is responsible for  overseeing
the Corporation's  financial reporting  process on  behalf of the  Board.   In
fulfilling its responsibility, the Committee  recommends to the Board, subject
to  shareowner ratification,  the selection  of the  Corporation's independent
accountants.   The  Committee consists  of six  members of  the Board  who are
neither officers nor  employees of the  Corporation.  It meets  regularly with
representatives of management, internal audit, and the independent accountants
to review internal accounting controls and accounting, auditing, and financial
reporting  matters.   During  1993, the  Committee held  five  meetings.   The
Corporation's internal auditors and  independent accountants periodically meet
alone with  the Committee to  discuss the  matters previously  noted and  have
direct access to it for private communication at any time.



Philip J. Quigley
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer Designate



William E. Downing
Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer Designate

March 4, 1994






























                                     F-28








                                    <PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Shareowners
of Pacific Telesis Group:

We have  audited  the  accompanying consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Pacific
Telesis  Group and  Subsidiaries as  of December  31, 1993  and 1992,  and the
related consolidated statements of income, shareowners' equity, and cash flows
for each  of the three  years in  the period ended  December 31, 1993.   These
financial statements  are the responsibility of  the Corporation's management.
Our  responsibility is  to express  an opinion  on these  financial statements
based on our audits.

As  discussed  in Note  A to  the  Consolidated Financial  Statements, Pacific
Telesis   Group  adopted   new   accounting  rules   for  postretirement   and
postemployment benefits during 1993.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards.   Those  standards require  that we  plan and  perform an  audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An  audit
also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made by  management, as  well as  evaluating the  overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated  financial position of Pacific Telesis
Group and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and 1992,  and the consolidated
results of their operations and their  cash flows for each of the three  years
in  the period ended December 31,  1993, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.





Coopers & Lybrand

San Francisco, California
March 3, 1994













                                     F-29








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                       Consolidated Statements of Income


                                              For the Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions,                        -------------------------------
except per share amounts)                       1993      1992       1991
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING REVENUES
Local service .............................. $ 3,477    $3,377     $3,337
Network access - interstate ................   1,622     1,584      1,516
Network access - intrastate ................     683       665        775
Toll service ...............................   2,058     2,103      2,181
Other service revenues .....................   1,404     1,379      1,359
                                             -------------------------------
TOTAL OPERATING REVENUES                       9,244     9,108      9,168
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
Cost of products and services ..............   1,932     1,915      1,959
Customer operations and selling expenses ...   1,788     1,543      1,491
General, administrative, and other expenses    1,695     1,857      1,825
Restructuring charges ......................   1,431         -        203
Depreciation and amortization ..............   1,736     1,710      1,739
                                             -------------------------------
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES ...................   8,582     7,025      7,217
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME ...........................     662     2,083      1,951
Interest expense ...........................     509       506        588
Miscellaneous income .......................      48       202        144
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
  BEFORE INCOME TAXES ......................     201     1,779      1,507
Income taxes ...............................      10       606        576
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ..........     191     1,173        931
Income (loss) from spin-off operations,
    net of income taxes of $61, $11,
    and $53, respectively (Notes A and B) ..      29       (31)        84
                                             -------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
  ACCOUNTING CHANGES  ......................     220     1,142      1,015
Cumulative effect of accounting changes ....  (1,724)        -          -
                                             -------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) .......................... $(1,504)   $1,142     $1,015
============================================================================


                             (Continued next page)









                                     F-30








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                       Consolidated Statements of Income
                                  (Continued)

                                              For the Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions,                        -------------------------------
except per share amounts)                       1993      1992       1991
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Income from continuing operations ......   $  0.46   $  2.91    $  2.37
  Income (loss) from spin-off operations .      0.07     (0.08)      0.21
                                             -------------------------------
  Income before cumulative effect of
    accounting changes ...................      0.53      2.83       2.58
  Cumulative effect of accounting
    changes ..............................     (4.16)        -          -
                                             -------------------------------
  Net income (loss) ......................   $ (3.63)  $  2.83    $  2.58
============================================================================
Dividends per share ......................   $  2.18   $  2.18    $  2.14
Average shares outstanding (thousands) ...   414,171   402,977    400,023
============================================================================

The  accompanying Notes  are an  integral part  of the  Consolidated Financial
Statements.
































                                     F-31








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                                           December 31
                                                    ------------------------
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)         1993        1992
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $    69     $    74
Accounts receivable - net of allowances
  for uncollectibles of $138 and $130 .............    1,548       1,476
Net receivable from spin-off operations (Note J) ..       33         749
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........      996         922
                                                   -------------------------
Total current assets ..............................    2,646       3,221
                                                   -------------------------
Property, plant, and equipment ....................   26,607      26,121
Less: accumulated depreciation ....................   (9,961)     (9,511)
                                                   -------------------------
Property, plant, and equipment - net ..............   16,646      16,610
                                                   -------------------------
Net assets of spin-off operations (Notes A and B) .    2,874         745
                                                   -------------------------
Deferred charges and other noncurrent assets ......    1,271       1,273
                                                   -------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS ......................................  $23,437     $21,849
============================================================================
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $ 1,645     $ 1,557
Debt maturing within one year .....................      595       1,158
Other current liabilities .........................    1,168         879
                                                   -------------------------
Total current liabilities .........................    3,408       3,594
                                                   -------------------------
Long-term obligations .............................    5,129       5,207
                                                   -------------------------
Deferred income taxes .............................    1,598       2,872
                                                   -------------------------
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits      5,516       1,925
                                                   -------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes I and L)
Common stock ($0.10 par value; 432,827,595 shares
  issued; 423,059,043 and 405,092,326 shares
  outstanding) ....................................       43          43
Additional paid-in capital ........................    6,372       5,220
Reinvested earnings ...............................    2,040       4,459
Less: treasury stock, at cost (9,768,552 and
        27,735,269 shares) ........................     (283)     (1,011)
      deferred compensation - leveraged employee
        stock ownership trust .....................     (386)       (460)
                                                   -------------------------
Total shareowners' equity .........................    7,786       8,251
                                                   -------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY .........  $23,437     $21,849
============================================================================
The  accompanying Notes  are an  integral part  of the  Consolidated Financial
Statements.

                                     F-32








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                Consolidated Statements of Shareowners' Equity

                                             For the Year Ended December 31
                                             -------------------------------
(Dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)                        1993      1992      1991
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year ...............   $   43    $   43    $   43
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year .....................       43        43        43
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of year ...............    5,220     5,217     5,195
Issuance of common stock of
  PacTel Corporation (Note B) ..............    1,027         -         -
Issuance of shares .........................      104        (8)       (2)
Other changes ..............................       21        11        24
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year .....................    6,372     5,220     5,217
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year ...............    4,459     4,197     4,038
Net income (loss) ..........................   (1,504)    1,142     1,015
Dividends declared ($2.18, $2.18, and $2.14
  per share, respectively) .................     (910)     (880)     (856)
Other changes ..............................       (5)        -         -
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year .....................    2,040     4,459     4,197
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREASURY STOCK, AT COST
Balance at beginning of year ...............   (1,011)   (1,184)   (1,246)
Purchase of shares .........................        -         -       (93)
Issuance of shares .........................      728       173       155
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year .....................     (283)   (1,011)   (1,184)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED COMPENSATION
Balance at beginning of year ...............     (460)     (544)     (629)
Cost of LESOP trust shares allocated to
  employee accounts (Note K) ...............       74        84        85
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year .....................     (386)     (460)     (544)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY ..................  $ 7,786   $ 8,251   $ 7,729
============================================================================










                                     F-33








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                Consolidated Statements of Shareowners' Equity


                                             For the Year Ended December 31
                                             ------------------------------
                                                 1993      1992      1991
===========================================================================
COMMON SHARES AUTHORIZED AT
  DECEMBER 31 (millions) ...................    1,100     1,100     1,100
===========================================================================
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (millions)
Balance at beginning of year ...............      405       401       399
Common shares purchased ....................        -         -        (2)
Treasury shares reissued ...................       18         4         4
                                             ------------------------------
Balance at end of year .....................      423       405       401
===========================================================================
PREFERRED SHARES AUTHORIZED AT
  DECEMBER 31 (millions) ...................       50        50        50
===========================================================================

The  accompanying Notes  are an  integral part  of the  Consolidated Financial
Statements.

































                                     F-34








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                                             For the Year Ended December 31
                                             ------------------------------
(Dollars in millions)                                1993    1992    1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss) ............................... $(1,504) $1,142  $1,015
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to cash from operating activities:
    (Income) loss from spin-off operations ......     (29)     31     (84)
    Cumulative effect of accounting changes .....   1,724       -       -
    Restructuring charges .......................   1,431       -     203
    Depreciation and amortization ...............   1,736   1,710   1,739
    Deferred income taxes .......................    (314)   (665)    (74)
    Unamortized investment tax credits ..........     (49)    (62)    (69)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable .......................     (74)     62       5
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets         1      97     (95)
      Deferred charges and other
        noncurrent assets .......................     112      11     (16)
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..      85     (42)   (252)
      Other current liabilities .................      17     103     (77)
      Noncurrent liabilities and
        deferred credits ........................    (394)    429     119
    Other adjustments, net ......................     (15)     (9)     25
                                                ---------------------------
Cash from operating activities of continuing
  operations ....................................   2,727   2,807   2,439
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant, and equipment .....  (1,800) (1,825) (1,659)
Net investment in spin-off operations (Note J) ..  (1,071)   (113)     55
(Increase) decrease in net receivable from
  spin-off operations (Note J) ..................     715    (286)   (238)
Other investing activities, net .................      17      29      72
                                                ---------------------------
Cash used for investing activities ..............  (2,139) (2,195) (1,770)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

















                                     F-35








                                    <PAGE>

                    Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                                             For the Year Ended December 31
                                             -------------------------------
(Dollars in millions)                            1993      1992      1991
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common and
  treasury shares ...........................     800       184       151
Purchase of common shares ...................       -         -       (93)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ....   2,590       909       416
Retirements of long-term debt ...............  (2,624)     (973)     (560)
Dividends paid ..............................    (756)     (803)     (777)
Increase (decrease) in short-term
  borrowings, net ...........................    (473)      151       221
Other financing activities, net .............    (130)      (76)      (45)
                                             -------------------------------
Cash used for financing activities ..........    (593)     (608)     (687)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and
  cash equivalents ..........................      (5)        4       (18)

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1 ......      74        70        88
                                             -------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31 ....  $   69    $   74    $   70
============================================================================

The  accompanying Notes  are an  integral part  of the  Consolidated Financial
Statements.



























                                     F-36








                                    <PAGE>

Pacific Telesis Group
 and Subsidiaries

                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation

   The  Consolidated  Financial Statements  include  the  accounts of  Pacific
   Telesis  Group  (the  "Corporation")  and  its  wholly  and  majority-owned
   subsidiaries.  The Corporation includes a holding company, Pacific Telesis;
   its telephone subsidiaries: Pacific Bell and its subsidiaries, Pacific Bell
   Directory  and  Pacific Bell  Information  Services, and  Nevada  Bell (the
   "Telephone Companies"); PacTel Corporation ("PacTel") and  its subsidiaries
   which  have wireless  telecommunications  operations;  and several  smaller
   diversified  entities.   The  Telephone  Companies  provide local  exchange
   service, network access, toll  service, directory advertising, and selected
   information services in California and  Nevada.  PacTel provides  cellular,
   paging, radiolocation, and  other wireless  telecommunications services  in
   the  United States,  Europe, and  the Pacific  Rim.   Prior year  revenues,
   expenses, assets, liabilities, and cash flows have been restated to reflect
   the  Corporation's  planned  spin-off  of the  domestic  and  international
   wireless  operations of PacTel.   The operating  results and net  assets of
   PacTel  are classified separately as "spin-off operations" and are excluded
   from amounts for the "continuing operations" of the Corporation.  (See also
   Note B  - "Planned Spin-off" on page F-39.)  Intercompany transactions with
   PacTel   and  its   subsidiaries  which   were  previously   eliminated  in
   consolidation are now reflected  in the Corporation's financial statements.
   Certain  other  financial statement  reclassifications  have  been made  to
   conform to the current presentation.

   Financial information  presented for  PacTel in the  Consolidated Financial
   Statements  has been prepared solely  for the purpose  of reporting Pacific
   Telesis Group results  and should not be viewed as a  report on the results
   of PacTel itself.  PacTel results differ from those reported in the Pacific
   Telesis Group  Consolidated Financial Statements due  to timing differences
   in  recording adjustments  which  are  not  material to  the  Corporation's
   consolidated   results.     (See  "PacTel   Corporation  and   Subsidiaries
   Supplemental Financial Information" beginning on page F-65.)

   The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
   generally  accepted   accounting  principles.    In   accordance  with  the
   provisions  of   Statement  of  Financial  Accounting   Standards  No.  71,
   "Accounting  for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," the Telephone
   Companies  are  required to  reflect rate  actions  of regulators  in their
   financial statements when appropriate.










                                     F-37








                                    <PAGE>

A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

   Change in Accounting for Postretirement and Postemployment Costs

   Effective January 1, 1993,  the Corporation adopted Statement  of Financial
   Accounting  Standards  No. 106  ("SFAS  106"),  "Employers' Accounting  for
   Postretirement Benefits  Other than  Pensions," and Statement  of Financial
   Accounting  Standards  No. 112  ("SFAS  112"),  "Employers' Accounting  for
   Postemployment Benefits."   (See also  Note F -  "Other Postretirement  and
   Postemployment Benefits" on  page F-48.)  These new rules  require a change
   from the  cash to the  accrual method of  accounting for these costs.   The
   cumulative effects of applying the new rules to prior years were recognized
   by   one-time   charges  applicable   to  continuing   operations  totaling
   $1.724 billion.   The  charges are net  of deferred income  tax benefits of
   $1.155 billion and reduced earnings applicable to continuing  operations by
   $4.16  per share.  Additionally, the ongoing periodic expense recognized by
   the  Corporation's  continuing  operations   under  SFAS  106  during  1993
   increased about $80  million before taxes  over the previous  method.   The
   ongoing  periodic  expense of  SFAS  112  is  not  expected    to    differ
   materially  from  expense  under  the prior method.

   Under a  California Public Utilities Commission  ("CPUC") decision, Pacific
   Bell was granted $108 million for partial recovery of 1993  SFAS 106 costs.
   Pacific Bell is required to file annually for recovery in conjunction  with
   its price cap filing, and therefore such recovery will vary.  The 1994 CPUC
   price cap decision grants Pacific Bell $100 million for partial recovery of
   1994 SFAS  106 costs.  Two  ratepayer advocacy groups have  each challenged
   certain  aspects of the CPUC's  decision adopting SFAS  106 for ratemaking,
   which could affect Pacific Bell's rate recovery.  The Corporation is unable
   to predict the outcome of these pending challenges.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

   The  Corporation  considers all  highly  liquid  monetary instruments  with
   maturities of ninety  days or  less from the  date of  purchase to be  cash
   equivalents.

   Income Taxes

   Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the tax effects  of temporary
   differences  between  the carrying  amounts of  assets and  liabilities for
   financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes.

   Investment  tax credits earned prior to their  repeal by the Tax Reform Act
   of 1986  are amortized as reductions in  tax expense over the  lives of the
   assets which gave rise to the credits.











                                     F-38








                                    <PAGE>

A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

   Property, Plant, and Equipment

   Property,  plant, and  equipment  (primarily telephone  plant dedicated  to
   providing telecommunications services)  is carried  at cost.   The cost  of
   self-constructed plant includes employee wages and benefits, materials, and
   other  costs.    Regulators allow  the  Telephone  Companies  to accrue  an
   allowance  for funds  used during  construction as  a cost  of constructing
   certain plant  and as an item of miscellaneous  income.  This income is not
   realized in cash currently, but will be realized over the  service lives of
   the related plant.

   Depreciation of telephone plant is computed  primarily using the remaining-
   life  method,  essentially  a  form of  straight-line  depreciation,  using
   depreciation  rates  prescribed  by state and  federal regulatory agencies.
   When retired, the original  cost of depreciable telephone plant  is charged
   to accumulated depreciation.

   Expenditures  in excess  of  $500  that  increase the  capacity,  operating
   efficiency,  or  useful  life  of  an  individual  asset  are  capitalized.
   Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense.

   Premium on Debt Retirement

   When debt is refinanced before maturity, Pacific Bell recognizes as expense
   any difference between net book value  and redemption price evenly over the
   term of the replacing  issue for intrastate operations, in  accordance with
   the  ratemaking  treatment of  such  costs.   These  costs are  expensed as
   incurred for interstate operations.

   Financial Instruments

   Market  value gains and losses on financial instruments that are designated
   and effective as hedges of foreign currency commitments and net investments
   are  deferred.  Related foreign  exchange translation gains  and losses are
   also deferred.


B. Planned Spin-off

   In December 1992,  the Corporation  announced that its  Board of  Directors
   (the  "Board") had  approved  a  plan to  spin  off  PacTel's domestic  and
   international wireless operations.   The spin-off of PacTel's operations is
   planned  to be  effective  April 1,  1994.   These  operations  principally
   include  the Corporation's  cellular, paging,  and radiolocation  services.
   The  Corporation will continue to  own the Telephone  Companies, along with
   several smaller units including real estate assets.









                                     F-39








                                    <PAGE>

B. Planned Spin-off (Continued)

   In November  1993, the CPUC adopted  a decision permitting  the spin-off to
   proceed.  In connection  with the separation, the Corporation and PacTel in
   December  1993 completed  an initial  public offering  of 68.5  million, or
   14 percent, of PacTel's common shares,  raising about $1.5 billion.  As  of
   the  spin-off  date, the  remaining 86  percent  of PacTel's  common shares
   currently  held by the Corporation will be distributed to the Corporation's
   shareowners  in  proportion  to their  shares  in  the  Corporation.   Each
   shareowner will receive one share of  PacTel stock for each Pacific Telesis
   Group share held prior to the spin-off.  The Internal  Revenue Service (the
   "IRS")  has ruled that the distribution qualifies as a tax-free transaction
   to  shareowners.   The  distribution  will  be  accounted for  as  a  stock
   dividend.   In February  1994, PacTel  announced a new  corporate name  and
   identity  which it will use after the  spin-off.  The new corporate name is
   AirTouch Communications.

   The net revenues and  expenses of PacTel's operations have  been separately
   classified as income (loss) from  spin-off operations in the  Corporation's
   income statements as summarized below:

   (Dollars in millions)                        1993      1992     1991
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Operating revenues ....................... $1,061      $879     $779
   Operating expenses .......................    930       829      612
                                               --------------------------
   Operating income .........................    131        50      167
   Other expense ............................     35        70       30
                                               --------------------------
   Income (loss) before income taxes ........     96       (20)     137
   Income taxes .............................     61        11       53
                                               --------------------------
   Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
     accounting changes .....................     35       (31)      84
   Cumulative effect of accounting changes ..     (6)        -        -
                                               --------------------------
   Income (loss) from spin-off operations* .. $   29      $(31)    $ 84
   ======================================================================
   *  See Note A - "Basis of Presentation" on page F-37.


















                                     F-40








                                    <PAGE>

B. Planned Spin-off (Continued)

   The net assets and liabilities of PacTel have been separately classified as
   net  assets of spin-off operations  in the Corporation's  balance sheets as
   summarized below:
                                                           December 31
                                                        -----------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                  1993      1992
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Current assets .................................     $1,704   $   444
   Noncurrent assets ..............................      2,359     1,935
   Current liabilities ............................       (312)   (1,128)
   Noncurrent liabilities .........................       (413)     (506)
   Minority interest of other shareowners .........       (464)        -
                                                        -----------------
   Net assets of spin-off operations* .............     $2,874   $   745
   ======================================================================
   *  See Note A - "Basis of Presentation" on page F-37.

   In addition, the Corporation's cash flow statements have been  reclassified
   to  exclude the  activities  of PacTel.    Accordingly, the  cash  proceeds
   received  by  PacTel from  the  initial  public offering  of  its  stock in
   December  1993  are  not reflected  in  the  Corporation's  1993 cash  flow
   statement.  The proceeds  from the initial  public offering above the  book
   value   of  the  transferred  ownership  interest  have  been  credited  to
   additional paid-in  capital within  the  Corporation's shareowners'  equity
   accounts.


C. Restructuring Charges

   During  1993,  the  Corporation   recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  charges
   totaling  $1.431 billion.  These charges  include a $977  million charge by
   Pacific  Bell  to  recognize  the  incremental  cost  of  force  reductions
   associated with restructuring its internal business processes through 1997.
   This charge is  to cover  the incremental severance  costs associated  with
   terminating approximately 14,400 employees  from 1994 through 1997.   It is
   also  to  cover the  incremental  costs of  consolidating  and streamlining
   operations and  facilities to support  this downsizing initiative.   During
   1993, the  Corporation completed a reevaluation  of investment alternatives
   relating to  its 1990 decision to  dispose of the real  estate portfolio of
   its real  estate subsidiary.   Based  on its decision  to dispose  of these
   assets  over the  next three  to five  years, the  Corporation recorded  an
   additional pre-tax restructuring reserve of $347 million to cover potential
   future losses on sales and estimated  operating losses.  As of December 31,
   1993, the  recorded  assets of  the  Corporation's real  estate  subsidiary
   totaled approximately  $600 million.    An additional  $51 million  pre-tax
   charge  was  recorded  during 1993  relating  to  the  withdrawal from,  or
   restructuring of,  the Corporation's cable and  customer premises equipment
   businesses.  The remaining $56 million of 1993  charges primarily relate to
   anticipated  costs of  the  planned spin-off  of  PacTel.   Overall,  these
   charges reduced earnings for 1993 by $861 million, or $2.08 per share.





                                     F-41








                                    <PAGE>

C. Restructuring Charges (Continued)

   Results  for 1991 reflect a  $203 million pre-tax  restructuring charge for
   the costs of management force reduction programs through 1994.  Income from
   continuing operations  for 1991 was  reduced by  $122 million, or  $.30 per
   share, as a result of this charge.


D. Income Taxes

   Effective  January 1,  1992,  the  Corporation  adopted the  provisions  of
   Statement  of   Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.   109  ("SFAS  109"),
   "Accounting  for Income Taxes."  This standard requires companies to record
   all deferred tax liabilities or assets for the deferred tax consequences of
   all  temporary differences,  and requires  ongoing adjustments  for enacted
   changes  in tax  rates and  regulations.   Specific provisions  of SFAS 109
   require  regulated companies  to  record  an  asset  or  a  liability  when
   recognizing deferred income  taxes if  it is probable  that these  deferred
   taxes will be reflected in future rates.  The adoption of  the new rules in
   1992  did not  significantly  affect income  tax  expense for  income  from
   continuing operations.

   The components of  income tax expense  applicable to continuing  operations
   each year are as follows:

   (Dollars in millions)                        1993      1992      1991
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Current:
     Federal ...............................    $526      $611      $541
     State and local income taxes ..........     148       155       157
                                               --------------------------
   Total current ...........................     674       766       698

   Deferred:
     Federal ...............................    (472)      (87)      (52)
     Change in federal enacted tax rate ....     (23)        -         -
     State and local income taxes ..........    (117)      (11)       (1)
                                               --------------------------
   Total deferred ..........................    (612)      (98)      (53)
                                               --------------------------
   Amortization of investment
     tax credits - net .....................     (52)      (62)      (69)
                                               --------------------------
   Total income taxes ......................    $ 10      $606      $576
   ======================================================================












                                     F-42








                                    <PAGE>

D. Income Taxes (Continued)

   Significant  components  of  the  Corporation's  deferred  tax  assets  and
   liabilities are as follows:

                                                            December
 31
                                                     ----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                 1993        1992
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities - due to:
      Depreciation and amortization ..............     $3,239      $2,957
      Postretirement and postemployment
        benefits .................................     (1,180)       (126)
      Restructuring reserves and other
        non-deductible accruals ..................       (743)        (34)
      Customer rate reductions ...................       (126)       (218)
      Other, net .................................         40         121
                                                     ----------------------
                                                        1,230       2,700
   Less spin-off operations ......................       (177)       (173)
                                                     ----------------------
   Net deferred tax liabilities ..................     $1,053      $2,527
                                                     ======================
   Amounts recorded in the consolidated
     balance sheets:
       Deferred tax assets* ......................     $  556      $  348
                                                     ======================
       Deferred tax liabilities* .................     $1,609      $2,875
                                                     ======================
   ========================================================================
   *  Reflects reclassification of certain current and noncurrent amounts to a
      net presentation.

   The components of deferred income taxes for 1991 are as follows:

   (Dollars in millions)                                            1991
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Deferred tax (credit) - due to:
     Depreciation and amortization ...........................      $(37)
     Revenue refunds .........................................        21
     Advance funding of VEBA employee
       benefit trust .........................................       (14)
     Restructuring reserves ..................................       (42)
     Other ...................................................        36
                                                                ---------
                                                                     (36)
   Less spin-off operations ..................................        17
                                                                ---------
   Total deferred taxes ......................................      $(53)
   ======================================================================







                                     F-43








                                    <PAGE>

D. Income Taxes (Continued)

   During  August 1993,  new  tax provisions  were  enacted under  the Omnibus
   Budget  Reconciliation  Act of  1993  which  included  an  increase in  the
   corporate tax  rate from 34 percent to 35 percent retroactive to January 1,
   1993.   The  cumulative effect  of the  new tax  provisions was  recognized
   during third quarter 1993  by a reduction  to income tax expense  resulting
   from the  adjustment  of prior  periods'  deferred  taxes.   However,  this
   positive  adjustment was  partly  offset  by the  effect  of  the tax  rate
   increase  on current  income.   Overall,  the new  tax provisions  did  not
   significantly affect the Corporation's tax expense for the year.

   The reasons for  differences each year between the Corporation's  effective
   income  tax rate  and applying  the statutory  federal  income tax  rate to
   income from continuing operations before income  taxes are provided in  the
   following reconciliation:

                                                 1993      1992      1991
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Statutory federal income tax rate (%) ....... 35.0      34.0      34.0

   Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

     Amortization of investment tax credits ....(26.0)     (3.5)     (3.7)

     Plant basis differences - net of
       applicable depreciation ................. 17.4       2.0       2.3
     Construction interest ..................... (6.1)     (0.6)     (0.7)
     State income taxes - net of federal
       income tax benefit ......................  9.7       5.3       6.8

     Deferred tax impact due to rate change ..  (26.9)     (3.5)     (3.2)

     Other .....................................  1.9       0.4       2.7
                                                ----------------------------
   Effective income tax rate (%) ...............  5.0      34.1      38.2
   =========================================================================

   During 1987, the  Telephone Companies paid $115 million to  the IRS under a
   Summary  Assessment relating  to contested  issues for  pre-divestiture tax
   years 1979 and 1980.  During 1992, the Corporation was  refunded the amount
   and an additional $70 million recorded as interest income.   As a result of
   the  refund,  first  quarter 1992  net  income  increased  $45 million,  or
   $.11 per  share,  and cash  from  operating activities  for  1992 increased
   $185 million.












                                     F-44








                                    <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans

   Defined Benefit Plans

   The  Corporation  provides pension,  death, and  survivor benefits  under a
   number  of defined  benefit  pension plans  which  cover substantially  all
   employees of Pacific  Telesis, the Telephone Companies, and  certain PacTel
   employees.  For some  of these plans, benefits  are based on a  flat dollar
   amount which varies according  to employee job classification and  years of
   service.   For other plans,  benefits are  based on a  percentage of  final
   five-year average pay and vary according to years of service.

   The  Corporation is  responsible  for contributing  enough  to the  pension
   plans, while the employee still  is working, to ensure that  adequate funds
   are  available  to  provide  the  benefit  payments  upon   the  employee's
   retirement.  These  contributions are made to an irrevocable  trust fund in
   amounts  determined using the aggregate  cost actuarial method,  one of the
   actuarial methods specified by the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act
   of 1974 ("ERISA"), subject to ERISA and IRS limitations.

   The  Corporation reports  pension costs  and related obligations  under the
   provisions  of   Statement  of   Financial  Accounting  Standards   No.  87
   ("SFAS 87"),  "Employers'  Accounting  for   Pensions,"  and  ("SFAS  88"),
   "Employers' Accounting for Settlements  and Curtailments of Defined Benefit
   Pension  Plans and for Termination Benefits."  However, specific provisions
   for  regulated enterprises  require  the Telephone  Companies to  recognize
   pension  cost consistent  with  its ratemaking  treatment.   Pension  costs
   recognized  reflect a  CPUC  order  requiring  the  continued  use  of  the
   aggregate   cost   method  for   intrastate   operations   and  a   Federal
   Communications  Commission ("FCC") requirement to  use SFAS 87  and SFAS 88
   for interstate operations.

   In November 1993,  Nevada Bell  offered an early  retirement program  under
   which  approximately  70  management  employees elected  early  retirement.
   During 1992,  the  Corporation  amended its  nonsalaried  pension  plan  to
   increase  benefits  for  specified  groups of  employees  who  elect  early
   retirement under incentive programs.  Approximately 1,000 employees elected
   early retirement under these amendments.  During 1991, approximately  4,400
   eligible  management  employees  elected   early  retirement  or  voluntary
   severance  under  management  force   reduction  programs  offered  by  the
   Corporation.  (See Note C - "Restructuring Charges" on page  F-41.)  Annual
   pension  cost in  the  table below  excludes  $7, $5,  and  $36 million  of
   additional   pension  expense   recognized   in  1993,   1992,  and   1991,
   respectively, for these programs.













                                     F-45








                                    <PAGE>


E. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

   Annual pension cost for each year consisted of the following components:

   (Dollars in millions)                            1993     1992    1991
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Service cost - benefits earned during year .. $   140     $163  $  166
   Interest cost on projected
      benefit obligations ......................     679      656     604
   Actual return on assets .....................  (1,402)    (386) (1,891)
   Net amortization and deferral of items
      subject to delayed recognition* ..........     640     (373)  1,148
                                                 ---------------------------
   Net periodic pension cost under SFAS 87 .....      57       60      27
   Adjustment to reflect differing regulatory
      treatment ................................     (53)     (54)    (34)
   Less spin-off operations ....................       3        2       3
                                                 ---------------------------
   Pension cost (income) recognized ............ $     7     $  8  $   (4)
   =========================================================================
   *   Under  SFAS 87, differences between actual returns and losses on assets
       and  assumed returns, which are based  on an expected long-term rate of
       return, are  deferred and included  with "unrecognized  net gain"  (see
       table  on page  F-47).  During  1993 and 1991,  actual returns exceeded
       assumed returns by $691 and $1,227 million, respectively.  During 1992,
       actual returns were less than assumed returns by $317 million.

   The  amounts shown  above for  annual pension  cost (income)  recognized in
   1993, 1992, and 1991  reflect the effects of strong  fund asset performance
   in prior years and IRS funding limitations.


























                                     F-46








                                    <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

   The  following  table  sets  forth the  status  of  the  plans' assets  and
   obligations and  the amounts  recognized in the  Corporation's consolidated
   balance sheets:
                                                            December 31
                                                      ----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                   1993      1992
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Plan assets at estimated fair value ............     $11,277   $10,475
   Actuarial present value of projected benefit
     obligations ..................................       9,369     8,226
                                                      ----------------------
   Plan assets in excess of projected benefit
     obligations ..................................       1,908     2,249
   Less items subject to delayed recognition:
     Unrecognized net gain* .......................      (1,989)   (2,238)
     Unrecognized transition amount** .............        (651)     (709)
     Unrecognized prior service cost ..............          52        62
   Less spin-off operations .......................         (15)       (8)
                                                      ----------------------
   Accrued pension cost liability recognized in
     the consolidated balance sheets ..............     $   695   $   644
   =========================================================================

   *   Gains  or losses from actual  returns on assets  different than assumed
       returns, as well as from  demographic experience different than assumed
       and the effects of changes in other assumptions, are recognized through
       amortization,  over time,  when the cumulative  gains or  losses exceed
       certain limits.

   **  A $1,078 million excess of the fair value of plan assets over projected
       benefit obligations  as of the January  1, 1987 adoption of  SFAS 87 is
       being  recognized  through  amortization  over  approximately  eighteen
       years.

   The  assets of  the plans  are primarily  composed of  common  stocks, U.S.
   Government  and  corporate  obligations,   index  funds,  and  real  estate
   investments.  The plans' projected benefit obligations for employee service
   to date reflect  the Corporation's  expectations of the  effects of  future
   salary  progression and  benefit increases.   As of  December 31,  1993 and
   1992, the  actuarial  present  values  of the  plans'  accumulated  benefit
   obligations, which do  not anticipate future salary increases,  were $8,818
   and  $7,818 million,  respectively.   Of these  amounts, $7,924  and $7,003
   million, respectively, were vested.

   The assumptions used in computing the present values of benefit obligations
   include a discount rate  of 7.5 percent for 1993  and 8.5 percent for  1992
   and 1991.  An 8.0  percent long-term rate of return on assets is assumed in
   calculating pension costs.







                                     F-47








                                    <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

   On March 28, 1994, Pacific Bell  will offer a special pension benefit which
   removes any age  discount from  pensions for employees  eligible to  retire
   with a service pension on that date.  This window will  only apply to those
   who  are eligible  for a  service  pension that  is normally  subject to  a
   discount and  who retire on March 28,  1994.  Approximately 2,750 employees
   are eligible for this benefit.

   Effective December  31,  1993, Pacific  Bell  permanently removed  the  age
   discount from the normal pension for salaried employees who have 30 or more
   years of net credited service.  Approximately 400 employees are affected by
   this amendment.

   The Corporation has entered  into labor negotiations with union-represented
   employees in the past and expects to do so in the future.  Pension benefits
   have been included in these negotiations, and improvements in benefits have
   been  made  periodically.    Additionally, the  Corporation  has  increased
   benefits  to pensioners  on an ad  hoc basis.   While  no assurance  can be
   offered with  respect to  future increases, the  Corporation's expectations
   for  future benefit  increases have  been reflected in  determining pension
   costs.

   Defined Contribution Plans

   The  Corporation  sponsors several  defined  contribution retirement  plans
   covering  substantially all  employees.   These plans  include the  Pacific
   Telesis  Group  Supplemental  Retirement  and  Savings  Plan  for  Salaried
   Employees, the  Pacific Telesis  Group Supplemental Retirement  and Savings
   Plan for  Nonsalaried Employees (collectively, the "Savings Plans") and the
   PacTel Corporation Retirement Plan.

   The  Corporation's contributions to the Savings Plans are based on matching
   a portion of  employee contributions.  All matching  employer contributions
   to the Savings Plans are made through a LESOP trust (see Note K - "Employee
   Stock  Ownership Trust" on page F-56).  Total contributions to these plans,
   including contributions allocated to participant accounts through the LESOP
   trust,  were  $65,   $61,  and  $67  million  in  1993,   1992,  and  1991,
   respectively.     These   amounts  exclude   $13,  $10,  and   $5  million,
   respectively, each year of costs applicable to spin-off operations.

F. Other Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits

   Substantially  all  retirees and  their  dependents are  covered  under the
   Corporation's  plans  for  medical,  dental and  life  insurance  benefits.
   Approximately 40,000  retirees  were eligible  to  receive benefits  as  of
   January 1, 1993.  Currently, the Corporation pays the full  cost of retiree
   benefits; however,  future cost  sharing provisions  are  reflected in  the
   current  postretirement benefit  cost and  liability.   Beginning in  1999,
   employees retiring in 1991 onward will pay a share of  the costs of medical
   coverage that exceed a defined dollar medical cap.






                                     F-48








                                    <PAGE>


F. Other Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits (Continued)

   Effective  January  1, 1993,  the Corporation  implemented  SFAS 106  on an
   immediate-recognition  basis.    The standard  requires  that  the cost  of
   retiree  benefits  be  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  from  an
   employee's  date  of hire  until the  employee  becomes eligible  for these
   benefits.  Previously,  the Corporation expensed  retiree benefits as  they
   were paid.   Immediate recognition of the  value of prior  benefits earned,
   the  transition   obligation,  resulted  in  a   one-time,  noncash  charge
   applicable to continuing operations of $1.573 billion, or $3.80 per  share,
   which  is net  of a  deferred income  tax benefit  of $1.054 billion.   The
   deferred  tax  benefit  from the  cumulative  effect  of  adoption will  be
   recognized  over the  remaining lives of  the workforce.   In addition, the
   periodic  expense applicable  to continuing  operations recognized  in 1993
   amounted to  $241 million before  taxes, an  increase of about  $80 million
   over the previous method.

   In December 1992, the  CPUC issued a decision adopting,  with modification,
   SFAS  106  for  regulatory  accounting  purposes.    Consistent  with  this
   decision,  Pacific  Bell  is  amortizing  its  transition  obligation  over
   20 years.    Both  Pacific  Bell  and  Nevada  Bell  partially  fund  their
   obligations  by  contributing  to Voluntary  Employee  Benefit  Association
   ("VEBA") trusts.

   Plan assets are invested primarily in domestic and international stocks and
   domestic investment-grade bonds.   The assumed long-term rate of  return on
   plan assets  is 8.5 percent.  The assumed discount rate used to measure the
   accumulated  postretirement   benefit   obligation  was   7.5  percent   at
   December 31, 1993.

   The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost are as follows:

   (Dollars in millions)                                        1993
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   Service cost .........................................      $  42
   Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
     benefit obligation .................................        249
   Actual return on plan assets .........................       ( 80)
   Net amortization and deferral ........................         32
   Less spin-off operations .............................         (2)
                                                             ----------
   Postretirement periodic benefit cost .................      $ 241
   =====================================================================













                                     F-49








                                    <PAGE>

F. Other Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits (Continued)

   The funded status of the plan follows:

   (Dollars in millions)                              December 31, 1993
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
      at September 30, 1993:
      Retirees ..........................................     $2,380
      Eligible active employees .........................        213
      Other active employees ............................        948
                                                             ----------
   Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ..      3,541
   Less:
      Fair value of plan assets at September 30, 1993 ...       (723)
      Contributions during fourth quarter 1993 ..........        (78)
      Unrecognized net loss* ............................       (343)
      Spin-off operations ...............................        (12)
                                                             ----------
   Accrued postretirement benefit obligation
      recognized in the consolidated balance sheet ......     $2,385
   =====================================================================

   *  The   unrecognized  net  loss  is  amortized   over  time  and  reflects
      differences  between actuarial  assumptions and  actual experience.   It
      also includes the impact of changes in actuarial assumptions.

   An  annual increase in  health care costs  of approximately  14 percent was
   assumed for retirees in 1993.   A 13 percent increase is assumed  for 1994,
   declining to an ultimate  rate of 6 percent by  the year 2002.   Should the
   health  care cost trend  rate increase by  one percent each  year, the 1993
   increase would be $427  million for the accumulated  postretirement benefit
   obligation  and  $40 million  for the  combined  service and  interest cost
   components of net periodic cost.

   As of January 1, 1993, the  Corporation adopted SFAS 112 for accounting for
   postemployment   benefits.     Postemployment  benefits   offered  by   the
   Corporation  include workers  compensation,  disability  benefits,  medical
   benefit continuation, and severance pay.  These benefits are paid to former
   or inactive employees who terminated without retiring.

   SFAS 112 requires  a change from cash to accrual  accounting by recording a
   cumulative catch-up-charge  at implementation.  A  one-time, noncash charge
   was  recorded  against  earnings  applicable to  continuing  operations  of
   $151 million, or  $.36 per  share, which  is net of  a deferred  income tax
   benefit of $101 million.  In subsequent years, the Corporation expects that
   periodic  expense will not differ  materially from expense  under the prior
   method.









                                     F-50








                                    <PAGE>

G. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

   Key  employees of  the  Corporation  have  outstanding  options  and  stock
   appreciation  rights ("SARs")  which were  granted under  the Corporation's
   Stock Option  and Stock Appreciation  Rights Plan  (the "Plan").   The Plan
   expired  effective December 31, 1993, and the Board has proposed shareowner
   approval of a  new stock incentive plan  to commence in 1994.   The options
   granted under the Plan were granted as nonqualified options or as incentive
   stock options,  and a portion were  granted in conjunction with  SARs.  The
   exercise price  of each outstanding  option and  SAR is equal  to the  fair
   market value  of the Corporation's common  stock on the date  of grant. The
   exercise price of each option may be paid in cash or by surrendering shares
   of common stock already owned by the  holder, or with a combination of cash
   and such shares.  Options and associated SARs ordinarily become exercisable
   at stated times beginning at least  one year after the date of grant.   The
   term of  any option or  SAR cannot exceed  ten years.   As of  December 31,
   1993,  6,176,201 options and SARs  were exercisable at  prices ranging from
   $14.6563 to $46.5000.

   As of  the termination of the  Plan on December 31,  1993, 8,275,019 shares
   authorized by the  Board for grants of options and  SARs remained, but were
   unused.     The  remaining  shares  authorized  for  future  grants  as  of
   December 31, 1992 and 1991 were 8,342,767 and 12,008,069, respectively.

   The  following table  summarizes option  and SAR  activity during  1993 and
   1992:

                                          Price Range          Price Range
                                 1993      Per Share    1992    Per Share
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Shares issuable under
     outstanding options                   $14.6563 -           $14.6563 -
     and SARs at January 1     8,317,162    46.1250   5,322,651  46.1250

   Options and SARs granted      171,790   $46.5000   4,109,790 $43.0000 -
                                                                 43.3750

   Options and SARs                        $14.6563 -           $14.6563 -
     exercised                (2,199,709)   46.5000    (670,791) 44.1250

   Options and SARs
     canceled or                           $26.3750 -           $14.6563 -
     forfeited                  (104,042)   46.5000    (444,488) 46.1250
                              -----------            -----------
   Shares issuable under
     outstanding options and
     and SARs at                           $14.6563 -           $14.6563 -
     December 31               6,185,201    46.5000   8,317,162  46.1250
   ========================================================================
   In  1991, 674,958 options  and SARs were  exercised at  prices ranging from
   $14.6563 to $44.1250.






                                     F-51








                                    <PAGE>

G. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (Continued)

   In connection with  the planned spin-off, the options and  SARs held by the
   continuing employees of  the Corporation will be  supplemented with options
   and SARs  for PacTel common  shares.   The supplemental PacTel  options and
   SARs  granted are expected  to equal the number  of outstanding options and
   SARs held by the continuing employees of the Corporation at the time of the
   spin-off.  In  addition, outstanding  options and SARs  of the  Corporation
   that are held  by PacTel employees at the time of  the spin-off are planned
   to  be replaced  by  options and  SARs  for PacTel  common shares.    It is
   expected that the PacTel  replacement options and SARs will cover  the same
   aggregate fair market values of stock as the Corporation's  options or SARs
   which they  will replace.   The formula  to determine the  total number  of
   PacTel replacement  options and SARs will be based on the respective market
   values of the  Corporation's and  PacTel's common stock  in the 10  trading
   days prior to the spin-off.   Exercisable options and SARs at  December 31,
   1993  held by  continuing  employees  of  the  Corporation  and  by  PacTel
   employees were approximately 4.9  and 1.3 million, respectively.   Under an
   agreement  with an investment firm, the Corporation and PacTel are required
   to each issue 350,000 SARs on the spin-off date as  compensation for advice
   rendered to the Corporation and PacTel.

   Certain information presented in this note is based on  estimates which are
   not expected to differ materially from actual amounts.


H. Debt and Lease Obligations

   Long-term  obligations as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 principally consist
   of  debentures of  $4,047 and  $4,170 million, respectively,  and corporate
   notes  of $1,603 and $1,428 million, respectively.  Maturities and interest
   rates of long-term obligations follow:

                                                           December 31
                                                     -----------------------
   Maturities and Interest Rates                        1993        1992
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in millions)

   1994            9.750%  to   10.000%               $    -      $   24
   1995            8.710%  to    9.320%                  239         240
   1996                          8.650%                   15         115
   1997            8.990%  to   12.560%                   71          73
   1999-2043       4.625%  to    9.500%                5,325       5,146
                                                     -----------------------
                                                       5,650       5,598
   Long-term capital lease obligations                    21          26
   Unamortized discount - net of premium                (475)       (325)
   Less spin-off operations                              (67)        (92)
                                                     -----------------------
   Total long-term obligations                        $5,129      $5,207
   =========================================================================





                                     F-52








                                    <PAGE>

H. Debt and Lease Obligations (Continued)

   Pacific  Bell has  remaining  authority  from  the  CPUC  to  issue  up  to
   $1.25 billion  of long-  and intermediate-term  debt from  a total  of $1.8
   billion  authorized in September 1993.  The  proceeds may be used to redeem
   maturing debt  and  to refinance  other  debt  issues.   Pacific  Bell  has
   remaining authority from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
   to  issue up to $650 million of  long- and intermediate-term debt through a
   shelf  registration filed  in  April 1993.    In addition,  PacTel  Capital
   Resources ("PTCR"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, may issue
   up to $192 million  of medium-term  notes through a  shelf registration  on
   file with the SEC.

   Debt maturing within  one year  consists of short-term  borrowings and  the
   portion of long-term obligations that matures within one year as follows:

                                                          December 31
                                                    ----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                               1993         1992
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Notes payable to banks .........................    $  5       $  187
   Commercial paper................................     587          880
                                                    ----------------------
   Total short-term borrowings ....................     592        1,067

   Current maturities of
     long-term obligations ........................      15           95
                                                    ----------------------
                                                        607        1,162
   Less spin-off operations .......................     (12)          (4)
                                                    ----------------------
   Total debt maturing within one year ............    $595       $1,158
   =======================================================================

   Lines of Credit

   The  Corporation has  various  formal and  informal  lines of  credit  with
   certain  banks.   For  the most  part, these  arrangements  do not  require
   compensating balances or commitment  fees and, accordingly, are subject  to
   continued review by  the lending institutions.   At December  31, 1993  and
   1992,  the  total  unused  lines  of credit  available  were  approximately
   $1.7 and $1.4 billion, respectively.















                                     F-53








                                    <PAGE>

I. Financial Instruments

   The  Corporation  uses  various  financial instruments  that  involve  off-
   balance-sheet risk.   These financial  instruments are used  to reduce  the
   impact  of  foreign currency  fluctuations on  overseas investments  and to
   manage interest expense.  As of December 31, 1993 and 1992, the Corporation
   had outstanding  foreign  currency swap  and  forward contracts  with  face
   amounts  totaling  $291 and  $354  million,  respectively, with  maturities
   through  November 2001.    The off-balance-sheet  risk  in these  contracts
   involves both  the risk of a counterparty not performing under the terms of
   the contract and  the risk associated  with changes in  market value.   The
   counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions, and the
   Corporation monitors  its positions, the credit  ratings of counterparties,
   and the level of contracts entered into with any one party.  Therefore, the
   Corporation  believes   the  likelihood   of  realizing  any   losses  from
   counterparty nonperformance  is remote.   In addition,  the settlements  of
   these transactions are  not expected  to have any  material adverse  effect
   upon the Corporation's financial position or results of operations.

   The following table presents information required by Statement of Financial
   Accounting Standards  No. 107, "Disclosures  about Fair Value  of Financial
   Instruments."   The estimated fair value amounts have been determined using
   available market  information and appropriate valuation  methods.  However,
   considerable judgment  enters into estimates  of fair value.   Accordingly,
   the  estimates presented may not  be indicative of  amounts the Corporation
   could realize in a current market exchange.

                                      December 31, 1993   December 31, 1992
                                      -----------------   -----------------
                                              Estimated           Estimated
                                      Carrying   Fair    Carrying   Fair
   (Dollars in millions)               Amount    Value    Amount    Value
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Assets:
     Cash and short-term investments . $   71   $   71    $   77   $   77
     Notes receivable ................      3        3       972      972
   Liabilities:
     Debt maturing within one year,
       excluding current portion of
       capital leases ................    589      589     1,152    1,152
     Deposit liabilities .............    296      296       271      271
     Long-term debt at face amount ...  5,583    5,714     5,506    5,620
   Off-balance-sheet
     financial instruments:
       Continuing operations .........      -        4         -        4
       Spin-off operations ........... $    -   $   14    $    -   $   13
   ========================================================================
      Amounts  presented  above exclude  assets  and  liabilities of  spin-off
      operations.  Notes receivable as of December 31, 1992 primarily comprise
      promissory  notes  due  from  PacTel.  (See  Note  J  -  "Related  Party
      Transactions" on  page F-55.)  The fair  value for long-term debt issues
      that  are not quoted on  an exchange are  estimated using interest rates
      that  are currently available to the Corporation under similar terms and
      remaining maturities.



                                     F-54








                                    <PAGE>


J. Related Party Transactions

   The  net   receivables  due  from   spin-off  operations  carried   on  the
   Corporation's balance  sheets represent  net intercompany balances  owed by
   PacTel.   As of  December 31, 1992, the  net receivable balance principally
   included  $858 million of intercompany borrowings by PacTel from PTCR, less
   $115 million payable to PacTel for intercompany tax benefits.  During 1993,
   PacTel  substantially   eliminated  the   intercompany  balances.     These
   repayments were made primarily using proceeds of 1993 capital contributions
   from the Pacific  Telesis holding company.   The borrowings from PTCR  were
   primarily  in the  form of  promissory notes  bearing interest  at variable
   rates which  averaged 6.1  and 5.7 percent,  respectively, during  1993 and
   1992.

   During  1993, 1992, and 1991, Pacific Telesis made capital contributions to
   PacTel  of  $1,180, $212,  and  $71  million,  respectively,  and  received
   dividends  from  PacTel of  $114,  $108,  and $125  million,  respectively.
   Miscellaneous income of the Corporation reflects interest  income on PTCR's
   intercompany advances  and loans  to PacTel of  $20, $46, and  $33 million,
   respectively,  for  1993, 1992,  and 1991.    In addition,  Pacific Telesis
   provides certain  administrative services to  PacTel and charges  for these
   services.

   A separation agreement  provides for complete separation of  all properties
   after  the spin-off  as  well  as  the  transfer of  a  limited  number  of
   employees'  and  retirees' accounts  between  the  Corporation and  PacTel.
   Under  the separation  agreement,  any nontax  contingent liabilities  that
   become certain  after the  spin-off  and which  are not  recognized in  the
   consolidated  financial statements  of  the Corporation  will be  allocated
   based on origin of the claim, and  acts by, or benefits to, the Corporation
   or PacTel.   The separation  agreement provides that  the Corporation  will
   continue to  include  PacTel  in  filing consolidated  federal  income  tax
   returns  for all  taxable  periods in  which  the parties  are required  or
   permitted to file a consolidated tax return.  In addition, Pacific  Telesis
   will  continue to  provide  administrative services  to  PacTel for  up  to
   90 days following the spin-off.


K. Capital Stock

   Shareowners

   At January 31, 1994, the number of shareowners was 856,856.

   Preferred Stock

   The  Corporation's Articles  of Incorporation  include a provision  for the
   issuance of up  to 50,000,000 preferred shares (par value  $0.10 per share)
   in one or more series with full or limited voting  powers or without voting
   powers,  and with such designations,  preferences, and rights  as the Board
   may determine.





                                     F-55








                                    <PAGE>

K. Capital Stock (Continued)

   Treasury Stock

   From time to time, the Corporation purchases shares of its common stock and
   holds these  shares as treasury  stock.  This  treasury stock later  may be
   reissued  in  connection  with acquisitions,  the  Corporation's shareowner
   dividend reinvestment plan and employee benefit plans.

   Separately, beginning in  1987, the Board authorized the purchase  of up to
   55,000,000  shares of the Corporation's common stock.  Through December 31,
   1990,  the   Corporation  had  purchased  46,312,982   shares  under  these
   authorizations  of which  13,900,000 shares  were reissued  to a  leveraged
   employee stock  ownership trust in 1989  as discussed below.   During 1993,
   1992, and  1991, an additional  17,966,717, 4,074,578, and  603,135 shares,
   respectively,  were reissued in connection with employee benefit plans.  As
   of December 31, 1993, the 9,768,552 remaining shares  were held as treasury
   stock pending their ultimate disposition.

   Employee Stock Ownership Trust

   All matching employer contributions to the Savings Plans are made through a
   leveraged employee  stock ownership plan  ("LESOP") trust.   (See Note  E -
   "Defined Contribution  Plans" on page F-48.)   During  1989, Bankers  Trust
   Company, as trustee of  the Pacific Telesis Group Employee  Stock Ownership
   Plans  Master Trust,  purchased  13,900,000 of  the Corporation's  treasury
   shares at a  price of $691,052,400, in exchange for a promissory  note from
   the trust  to  the Corporation.    The note  payable by  the  trust is  not
   reflected  as  a  liability of  the  Corporation  and,  in accordance  with
   accepted  accounting treatment,  the  remaining cost  of unallocated  trust
   shares  is  carried as  a reduction  of  shareowners' equity  (as "deferred
   compensation").  Principal  and interest on the note is  paid from employer
   contributions and dividends  received by  the trust.   The following  table
   summarizes  the  Corporation's  expense   each  year  associated  with  the
   allocation of shares held by the LESOP trust to employee accounts and other
   related information:


   (Dollars in millions)                            1993     1992     1991
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total compensation and interest expense
     recognized* ...............................   $  65    $  81   $  101
   Interest expense portion** ..................      20       27       47
   Other information:
     Employer contributions to trust ...........      76       74       54
     Dividends received by trust ...............   $  30    $  30   $   29
   =========================================================================

    *  Determined using the shares-allocated accounting method and after being
       reduced by dividends paid on shares held by the trust.

   **  The  Corporation's LESOP interest expense is matched by an equal amount
       of interest  income earned  on the promissory  note from the  trust and
       reflected in miscellaneous income.



                                     F-56








                                    <PAGE>

K. Capital Stock (Continued)

   Shareowner Rights Plan

   During 1989,  the Board  adopted a  shareowner rights  plan to  enhance its
   ability to protect the  shareowners' interests if the Corporation  is faced
   with  a  hostile  acquisition  proposal.  Under  the  terms  of  the  plan,
   shareowners of  record as of October  10, 1989 received one  right for each
   share of the Corporation's common stock  held on that date.  Initially, the
   rights are not exercisable and  trade automatically with the  Corporation's
   common stock.   If a  takeover attempt  occurred that  satisfied the  tests
   described in  the plan, each right (except for rights held by the person or
   group  making that  takeover attempt)  would become  the right  to purchase
   common  stock  at  one-half  its then  market  value  (or,  at the  Board's
   discretion,  could be exchanged for  an additional share  of common stock).
   The  rights do not  have any voting  rights, may be  redeemed under certain
   circumstances at $0.01 per right, and expire on October 10, 1999.


L. Acquisition and Joint Venture Contingencies

   Continuing Operations

   In June 1990, Prime Cable of Chicago, Inc. ("Prime Cable") acquired certain
   Chicago cable television properties from  Group W.  The Corporation  has an
   option to purchase a 75 percent interest in Prime Cable  upon receiving the
   necessary regulatory and legal approvals.   TC Cable, Inc. ("TC Cable") now
   holds this interest.  PacTel Capital Funding, a  wholly owned subsidiary of
   the Corporation, has  guaranteed bank financing  used by TC  Cable and  its
   parent  corporation to acquire this interest.  The guarantees cover initial
   loan amounts of $60 million as well as interest accruing on the loans which
   will be  added to  the  outstanding loan  balances up  to  an aggregate  of
   $136 million.  In the Corporation's opinion, the likelihood that it will be
   required  to pay principal or interest  on this debt under these guarantees
   is remote.

   Spin-off Operations

   In August 1991, PacTel  and Cellular Communications, Inc. ("CCI")  combined
   their  cellular  telephone interests  in Ohio  and  Michigan by  forming an
   equally  owned joint venture.   Concurrent with the  formation of the joint
   venture,  PacTel  purchased 5  percent  of  the equity  in  CCI, agreed  to
   purchase additional  equity in CCI and obtained the right to acquire all of
   CCI's remaining equity in stages over the next several years.  During 1992,
   PacTel increased its  holding in  CCI to approximately  12 percent  through
   open market purchases of stock.  PacTel  has the right to purchase up to an
   additional  15.5  percent  of CCI's  equity  in  the  open market,  through
   privately negotiated transactions or otherwise through October 1995.









                                     F-57








                                    <PAGE>

L. Acquisition and Joint Venture Contingencies (continued)

   Pursuant to an agreement between PacTel  and CCI, in October 1995 PacTel is
   obligated  to purchase up to approximately $720  million of stock and stock
   options in  CCI, depending  on the number  of shares tendered  to CCI  in a
   related  redemption.    The  per  share  purchase  price   underlying  such
   obligation  is $60.   The  stock and  options that  PacTel is  obligated to
   purchase  represented  approximately  25  percent  of  CCI's  equity  on  a
   fully-diluted basis at September 30, 1993.   PacTel also has the right (but
   not the obligation) during an 18-month  period commencing in August 1996 to
   purchase  the  remainder  of CCI  (but  excluding  any  assets and  related
   liabilities other than CCI's interest in the joint venture unless otherwise
   agreed by the  partners) at a price that  reflects appraised private market
   value of  CCI (excluding such assets and related liabilities) at that time.
   In the  event that PacTel does  not exercise such right,  the joint venture
   effectively  terminates  and  CCI may  be  obligated  to  sell its  assets,
   including  those relating to the  joint venture, to a third  party.  If the
   joint  venture's  assets  (and  related  liabilities)  are  sold  within  a
   specified period  (not to  exceed two  years)  at less  than the  appraised
   price,  PacTel will be obligated to effect certain "make-whole" payments to
   CCI's stockholders based upon the amount of the shortfall.  The Corporation
   is  unable at this  time to predict  the likelihood of  such payments being
   required, or to estimate reasonably any range of potential amounts.


































                                     F-58








                                    <PAGE>


M. Additional Financial Information

                                                           December 31
                                                     -----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                1993        1992
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
     Prepaid directory expenses ...................  $   341     $   336
     Miscellaneous prepaid expenses ...............       33          46
     Notes and other receivables ..................       53          77
     Inventory and supplies .......................       69          71
     Current deferred tax benefits ................      462         333
     Other ........................................       38          59
                                                     -----------------------
   Total ..........................................  $   996     $   922
   =========================================================================
   Property, plant, and equipment - net:
     Land and buildings ...........................  $ 2,980     $ 2,960
     Cable, conduit, and connections ..............   10,494      10,111
     Central office equipment .....................    9,542       9,493
     Furniture, equipment, and other ..............    3,005       3,028
     Construction in progress .....................      586         529
                                                     -----------------------
                                                      26,607      26,121
     Less: accumulated depreciation ...............   (9,961)     (9,511)
                                                     -----------------------
   Total ..........................................  $16,646     $16,610
   =========================================================================



























                                     F-59








                                    <PAGE>


M. Additional Financial Information (Continued)

                                                            December 31
                                                     -----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                1993        1992
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
     Accounts payable:
       Trade .....................................    $  474      $  478
       Payroll ...................................        57          47
       Checks outstanding ........................       192         250
       Other:
         Incentive awards payable ................       190         194
         Other ...................................       334         207
     Interest accrued ............................       123         128
     Advance billing and customers' deposits .....       275         253
                                                     -----------------------
   Total .........................................    $1,645      $1,557
   =========================================================================
   Other current liabilities:
     Accrued vacation pay ........................    $  290      $  285
     Dividends payable ...........................       231         221
     Restructuring reserves ......................       480         130
     Other .......................................       167         243
                                                     -----------------------
   Total .........................................    $1,168      $  879
   =========================================================================
   Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits:
     Unamortized investment tax credits ..........    $  536      $  585
     Accrued pension cost liability ..............       695         644
     Restructuring reserves ......................     1,045          31
     Accrued postretirement benefit obligation ...     2,863           -
     Other .......................................       377         665
                                                     -----------------------
   Total .........................................    $5,516      $1,925
   =========================================================================




















                                     F-60








                                    <PAGE>

M. Additional Financial Information (Continued)


                                                   For the Year Ended
                                                       December 31
                                              ------------------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                        1993      1992      1991
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Other service revenues:
     Directory advertising .................  $1,007    $1,020    $1,018
     Other .................................     397       359       341
                                              ------------------------------
   Total ...................................  $1,404    $1,379    $1,359
   =========================================================================
   Miscellaneous income:
     Interest income .......................  $   27    $  135    $   90
     Other .................................      21        67        54
                                              ------------------------------
   Total ...................................  $   48    $  202    $  144
   =========================================================================
   Maintenance and repairs .................  $1,739    $1,259    $1,403
   Property taxes ..........................  $  188    $  195    $  210
   Advertising costs .......................  $   63    $   80    $   80
   =========================================================================
   CASH PAYMENTS FOR:
   Interest ................................  $  514    $  517    $  614
   Income taxes ............................  $  771    $  788    $  715
   =========================================================================
   NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:
   Treasury shares issued in lieu of
     cash dividends under shareowner
     dividend reinvestment plan ............  $  143    $   70    $   66
   ========================================================================

   Major Customer

   Nearly   all   of   the  Corporation's   operating   revenues   were   from
   telecommunications  and related  services.   Approximately  11 percent,  12
   percent,  and 12 percent of  these revenues were earned  in 1993, 1992, and
   1991,  respectively, for  services  provided to  AT&T.   No  other customer
   accounted for more than 10 percent of revenues.
















                                     F-61








                                    <PAGE>

N. Quarterly Financial Data
   (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
                             -----------------------------------------------
   1993                          First      Second      Third     Fourth
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Operating revenues ........ $ 2,286     $2,317      $2,344    $2,297
   Operating income ..........     125        549         571      (583)
   Earnings (loss):
   Income from continuing
     operations ..............       6        283         307      (405)
   Income (loss) from spin-off
     operations ..............      (9)         8          16        14
   Cumulative effect of
     accounting changes ......  (1,724)         -           -         -
   Net income (loss) ......... $(1,727)    $  291      $  323    $ (391)

   Earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing
     operations .............. $  0.01     $ 0.69      $ 0.73    $(0.96)
   Income (loss) from spin-off
     operations ..............   (0.02)      0.02        0.04      0.04
   Cumulative effect of
     accounting changes ......   (4.24)         -           -         -
   Net income (loss) ......... $ (4.25)    $ 0.71      $ 0.77    $(0.92)
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------

   1992                          First      Second      Third     Fourth
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Operating revenues ........ $ 2,244     $2,293      $2,300    $2,271
   Operating income ..........     507        535         531       510
   Earnings (loss):
   Income from continuing
     operations ..............     303        297         287       286
   Income (loss) from spin-off
     operations ..............     (24)        (8)          -         1
   Net income ................ $   279     $  289      $  287    $  287

   Earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing
     operations .............. $  0.76     $ 0.74      $ 0.71    $ 0.71
   Income (loss) from spin-off
     operations ..............   (0.06)     (0.02)          -         -
   Net income ................ $  0.70     $ 0.72      $ 0.71    $ 0.71
   =========================================================================
   Operating revenues, operating income,  and certain other data for  1992 and
   the first three quarters of 1993 have been restated to  reflect the planned
   spin-off  by  separately  classifying   the  operating  results  of  PacTel
   Corporation  from the continuing operations of Pacific Telesis Group.  (See
   Note A - "Basis of Presentation" on page F-37.)







                                     F-62








                                    <PAGE>


N. Quarterly Financial Data (Continued)

   First,  second, and third quarter 1992 results reflect restatements made in
   1992 for the  Corporation's adoption,  effective January 1,  1992, of  SFAS
   109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," a refund recorded  by Pacific Bell, and
   charges relating  to step acquisition accounting.   The adoption of the new
   income  tax  accounting  rules  increased  net  income  by  $34,  $10,  and
   $10 million, respectively, for  first, second, and third  quarter 1992, and
   earnings  per  share  by  $0.08,  $0.02,  and  $0.01,  respectively.    The
   restatements  made for  the Pacific  Bell refund  reduced first  and second
   quarter  1992 net income by $28  and $3 million, respectively, and earnings
   per share by $0.07 and  $0.01, respectively.  The charges relating  to step
   acquisition  accounting  reduced  first  quarter  1992 net  income  by  $58
   million, or $0.14 per share.

   First  quarter 1993 results reflect  after-tax charges of  $1.7 billion, or
   $4.24 per share, relating  to the Corporation's adoption of  new accounting
   standards for  postretirement and for postemployment  benefits, and several
   restructuring  reserves  which  reduced  first  quarter  1993  earnings  by
   $258 million, or $.63 per share.

   Fourth  quarter 1993  results  reflect after-tax  restructuring charges  of
   $603 million, or $1.43 per share, to cover the cost of force reductions and
   anticipated spin-off related costs.  Other one-time issues reduced earnings
   by $67 million, or $.15 per share.

   First quarter 1992 results reflect one-time after-tax gains of $45 million,
   or $.11 per share, from the settlement of a pre-divestiture  tax matter and
   $15 million,  or $.04 per  share, from a  court order regarding  interstate
   access earnings.


























                                     F-63








                                    <PAGE>


Stock Trading Activity and Dividends Paid


                                                                  Payment
1993                         High         Low      Dividends       Date
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

First Quarter ..........   $49.375      $43.250       $0.545       5/3/93
Second Quarter .........   $49.250      $45.000       $0.545       8/2/93
Third Quarter ..........   $56.500      $47.875       $0.545      11/1/93
Fourth Quarter .........   $59.125      $53.250       $0.545       2/1/94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Payment
1992                         High         Low      Dividends       Date
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

First Quarter ..........   $45.000      $37.625       $0.545       5/1/92
Second Quarter .........   $43.625      $36.875       $0.545       8/3/92
Third Quarter ..........   $45.000      $39.750       $0.545      11/2/92
Fourth Quarter .........   $47.000      $39.500       $0.545       2/1/93
============================================================================
(Stock  trading  activity:  based   on  New  York  Stock   Exchange  composite
transactions)

Dividends

The record date is set  by the Pacific Telesis Group Board of Directors at the
time it declares a dividend.  Based on the  current schedule, record dates are
expected  in April, July, October, and December, and dividends are expected to
be paid  in May, August, November, and February.  Quarterly reports are mailed
with dividend checks.

Stock Listing

     New York, Pacific, Chicago Exchanges     PAC
     London, Swiss Exchanges                  Pacific Telesis
     Newspaper stock tables                   Pac Telesis

Copies of the Pacific Telesis  Group 1993 Form 10-K filed with  the Securities
and Exchange Commission may be obtained by writing to:

     Shareowner Relations
     Pacific Telesis Group
     130 Kearny Street, Suite 2907
     San Francisco, California 94108











                                     F-64








                                    <PAGE>

                PACTEL CORPORATION ("PACTEL") AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

See  PacTel Corporation's  Form 10-K  for complete  financial statements,  and
footnote disclosures, and management's discussion and analysis.  Copies of the
Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission may be obtained by
writing to:

    Shareholder Relations
    AirTouch Communications
    425 Market Street, 36th floor
    San Francisco, CA 94105






                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of PacTel Corporation:

We have audited, in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the
consolidated balance sheets of  PacTel Corporation and Subsidiaries ("PacTel")
as of  December 31, 1993 and  1992 and the related  consolidated statements of
income, shareholders'  equity, and cash flows  for each of the  three years in
the period  ended December 31,  1993, appearing  in PacTel's Annual  Report on
Form  10-K (not  presented herein).   As  discussed in  Notes A  and H  to the
consolidated financial statements,  in 1992 PacTel  adopted the provisions  of
Statement of  Financial Accounting Standards  No. 109, "Accounting  for Income
Taxes."  As  discussed in Notes A and J, in 1993 PacTel adopted the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting
for Postretirement Benefits  Other than Pensions."  We did  not audit the 1993
and  1992 financial statements of Mannesmann Mobilfunk GmbH ("MMO"), an equity
investee of PacTel,  which statements reflect  total assets of  $1,221,135,000
and $850,661,000 as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and total net
loss of  $67,655,000 and $52,983,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993 and
1992, respectively.   Those statements  were audited by  other auditors  whose
reports have been furnished  to us, and our opinion, insofar  as it relates to
the amounts  included for  MMO, is based  solely on  the reports of  the other
auditors.

In our report dated March 3, 1994, also appearing in PacTel's Form 10-K, based
on  our audits and the reports of  other auditors, we expressed an unqualified
opinion on PacTel's consolidated financial statements.

In  our opinion,  the  information set  forth  in the  accompanying  condensed
consolidated  financial  statements  is  fairly  presented,  in  all  material
respects, in relation to  the consolidated financial statements from  which it
has been derived.


Coopers & Lybrand

San Francisco, California
March 3, 1994

                                     F-65








                                    <PAGE>


                             REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

To the Shareholders of PacTel Corporation:

The  condensed consolidated  financial  statements in  this supplement  to the
Pacific Telesis  Group  proxy statement  were  derived from  the  consolidated
financial statements that  appear in  the 1993 PacTel  Corporation Form  10-K.
Management is responsible for preparing the condensed financial statements and
for  maintaining  and  monitoring   PacTel's  system  of  internal  accounting
controls.   A description of  these controls, along  with management's opinion
about  the overall  effectiveness, is  contained in  the Report  of Management
included  in the  PacTel Corporation  Form 10-K.   The  consolidated financial
statements were audited by  Coopers & Lybrand, independent  accountants, whose
report  on the  condensed  consolidated financial  statements  appears on  the
previous page.

Sam Ginn                                   Lydell L. Christensen
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer       Executive Vice President and
                                             Chief Financial Officer
March 3, 1994




































                                     F-66








                                    <PAGE>

                     PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                             For the Year Ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------------
($ millions, except per share amounts)           1993     1992(a)   1991(a)
                                               --------  --------  --------
OPERATING REVENUES
Wireless services and other revenues..........  $987.3    $834.8    $749.5
Cellular and paging equipment sales...........    70.4      45.4      31.6
Cost of cellular and paging equipment sales...   (69.7)    (41.7)    (27.9)
                                               --------  --------  --------
NET OPERATING REVENUES........................   988.0     838.5     753.2
                                               --------  --------  --------
OPERATING EXPENSES
Cost of revenues..............................   144.0     132.7     110.5
Selling, general, administrative,
  and other expenses..........................   541.6     466.5     376.1
Depreciation and amortization.................   174.2     143.4     130.0
                                               --------  --------  --------
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES......................   859.8     742.6     616.6
                                               --------  --------  --------
OPERATING INCOME..............................   128.2      95.9     136.6

Interest expense..............................   (22.1)    (52.9)    (37.6)
Minority interests in net income of
  consolidated partnerships and
  corporations................................   (46.4)    (45.5)    (45.2)
Equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated
  partnerships and corporations:
    Domestic..................................    70.4      41.1      15.5
    International.............................   (37.5)    (38.5)    (21.4)
Interest income...............................    12.0      13.3      13.8
Gain on sale of telecommunications
  interests...................................     3.8        -       26.0
Miscellaneous income (expense)................    (0.5)      1.0       5.2
                                               --------  --------  --------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES, EXTRAORDINARY
  ITEM, AND CUMULATIVE EFFECTS OF ACCOUNTING
  CHANGES.....................................   107.9      14.4      92.9

Income taxes..................................    67.8      24.5      49.8
                                               --------  --------  --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM AND
  CUMULATIVE EFFECTS OF ACCOUNTING CHANGES....    40.1     (10.1)     43.1
Extraordinary item-loss from retirement
  of debt (net of income taxes of $5.1).......      -       (7.6)       -
Cumulative effect of accounting change
  for income taxes ...........................      -       27.9        -
Cumulative effect of accounting change for
  other postretirement benefits (net of income
  taxes of $3.5) .............................    (5.6)       -         -
                                               --------  --------  --------
NET INCOME....................................  $ 34.5    $ 10.2    $ 43.1
                                               ========  ========  ========
(Continued on next page)

                                     F-67








                                    <PAGE>

                      PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)

                                           For the Year Ended December 31,
                                           ------------------------------
                                             1993       1992      1991
                                            --------  --------  --------
PER SHARE AMOUNTS
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item
    and cumulative effect of the changes
    in accounting for other post-
    retirement benefits in 1993 and
    income taxes in 1992.................    $ 0.09    $(0.02)    $0.10

  Extraordinary item.....................       -       (0.02)      -

  Cumulative effect of the changes in
    accounting for other postretirement
    benefits in 1993 and income taxes in
    1992.................................     (0.01)     0.06       -
                                            --------  --------  --------
  NET INCOME.............................    $ 0.08    $ 0.02     $0.10
                                            ========  ========  ========
  Weighted average shares outstanding
    (in millions)........................     429.6     424.0     424.0
                                            ========  ========  ========

(a)  Prior periods have  been revised to agree with 1993  presentation format.
Cellular and paging equipment sales and the related cost of sales are now both
presented in the revenue section of the income statements.



























                                     F-68








                                    <PAGE>

                      PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                            December 31,
                                                       --------------------
($ millions)                                              1993       1992
                                                       ---------  ---------
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents............................  $  646.7   $   17.1
Accounts receivable-net of allowance for
  uncollectibles of $9.2 and $10.0, in 1993 and
  1992, respectively ................................     132.7      121.6
Short-term investments...............................     814.0         -
Other receivables....................................      15.1       24.9
Due from affiliates..................................       7.0      246.9
Other current assets.................................      45.3       28.6
                                                       ---------  ---------
Total current assets.................................   1,660.8      439.1

Property, plant, and equipment.......................   1,175.5    1,098.8
Less: accumulated depreciation.......................     433.4      373.1
                                                       ---------  ---------
Property, plant, and equipment-net...................     742.1      725.7
Investments in unconsolidated
  partnerships and corporations......................   1,154.5      935.4
Intangible assets-net................................     413.2      225.0
Deferred charges and other noncurrent assets.........     106.1       45.9
                                                       ---------  ---------
TOTAL ASSETS.........................................  $4,076.7   $2,371.1
                                                       =========  =========

(Continued next page)

























                                     F-69








                                    <PAGE>

                      PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

                                                           December 31,
                                                       --------------------
($ millions, except per share amounts)                    1993       1992
                                                       ---------  ---------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable.....................................  $  149.2   $  141.8
Due to affiliates within one year....................      40.7      906.7
Other current liabilities............................     124.1       89.0
                                                       ---------  ---------
Total current liabilities............................     314.0    1,137.5

Due to non-affiliates................................      68.6       22.4
Due to affiliates....................................        -       134.5
Deferred income taxes................................     197.6      180.4
Deferred credits.....................................      54.1       17.6
                                                       ---------  ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES....................................     634.3    1,492.4

Commitments and contingencies.

Minority interests in consolidated
  partnerships and corporations......................     105.1      126.6

Preferred stock ($.01 par value;  50,000,000 shares
  authorized; no shares issued or outstanding).......        -          -
Common stock ($.01 par value; 1,100,000,000 shares
  authorized; 492,622,960 shares issued and
  492,500,000 shares outstanding at December 31,
  1993; 424,122,960 shares issued and 424,000,000
  shares outstanding at December 31, 1992)...........       4.9        4.2
Additional paid-in capital ..........................   3,719.5    1,051.2
Accumulated deficit..................................    (387.9)    (308.8)
Currency translation adjustment......................       0.8        5.5
                                                       ---------  ---------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........................   3,337.3      752.1
                                                       ---------  ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........  $4,076.7   $2,371.1
                                                       =========  =========
















                                     F-70








                                    <PAGE>

                     PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                             For the Year Ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------------
($ millions)                                     1993      1992      1991
                                              --------- --------- ---------
PREFERRED STOCK
  Balance at beginning of period............        -         -         -
                                              --------- --------- ---------
  Balance at end of period..................        -         -         -
                                              --------- --------- ---------
COMMON STOCK
  Balance at beginning of period............  $    4.2  $    4.2    $  4.2
  Shares issued during the period...........       0.7        -         -
                                              --------- --------- ---------
  Balance at end of period..................       4.9       4.2       4.2
                                              --------- --------- ---------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
  Balance at beginning of period ...........   1,051.2     839.0     767.6
  Equity infusion by parent.................   1,179.8     212.2      71.4
  Net proceeds from stock offering..........   1,488.5        -         -
                                              --------- --------- ---------
  Balance at end of period..................   3,719.5   1,051.2     839.0
                                              --------- --------- ---------
ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
  Balance at beginning of period............    (308.8)   (210.7)   (128.5)
  Net income................................      34.5      10.2      43.1
  Dividends paid to parent..................    (113.6)   (108.3)   (125.3)
                                              --------- --------- ---------
  Balance at end of period..................    (387.9)   (308.8)   (210.7)
                                              --------- --------- ---------
CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT
  Balance at beginning of period............       5.5       2.7       1.3
  Gains (losses)............................      (4.7)      2.8       1.4
                                              --------- --------- ---------
  Balance at end of period..................       0.8       5.5       2.7
                                              --------- --------- ---------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY..................  $3,337.3  $  752.1   $ 635.2
                                              ========= ========= =========
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (in millions)
  Balance at beginning of period............     424.0     424.0     424.0
  Shares issued during the period...........      68.5        -         -
                                              --------- --------- ---------
  Balance at end of period..................     492.5     424.0     424.0
                                              ========= ========= =========











                                     F-71








                                    <PAGE>

                     PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                    For the Year Ended
                                                       December 31,
                                                 --------------------------
($ millions)                                       1993     1992     1991
                                                 -------- -------- --------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income ....................................  $  34.5   $ 10.2     $ 43.1
Adjustments to reconcile net income for items
  currently not affecting operating cash flows:
  Depreciation and amortization ...............    174.2    143.4      130.0
  Deferred income taxes .......................     15.5     36.0       33.5
  Minority interests in net income of consol-
    idated partnerships and corporations ......     46.4     45.5       45.2
  Equity in net (income) loss of unconsolidated
    partnerships and corporations .............    (32.9)    (2.6)       5.9
  Gain on sale of telecommunications interests.     (3.8)      -       (26.0)
  Distributions received from equity investments    42.2     17.0         -
  Loss on sale of property, plant, and equipment     7.2      3.9        4.1
  Loss from retirement of debt ................       -      12.7         -
  Cumulative effect of accounting change
    for income taxes ..........................       -     (27.9)        -
  Cumulative effect of accounting change for
    postretirement costs ......................      9.1       -          -
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable-net ...................    (30.3)   (21.8)     (21.1)
    Other current assets and receivables ......    131.8   (126.8)     (10.8)
    Deferred charges and other noncurrent
      assets ..................................      3.1     47.7      (49.4)
    Accounts payable and other current
      liabilities .............................     18.0     62.4       17.8
    Deferred credits and other liabilities ....     24.7     (0.8)      (3.2)
                                                 -------- --------   --------
CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES.................    439.7    198.9      169.1
                                                 -------- --------   --------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant, and equipment ...   (226.3)  (233.0)    (234.8)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant,
  and equipment ...............................      9.5      7.6       20.3
Proceeds from sale of telecommunications
  interests ...................................      4.3      8.1       37.4
Capital contributions to unconsolidated
  partnerships and corporations ...............   (123.8)  (135.0)     (93.8)
Cost of acquiring telecommunications interests:
  Cellular Communications, Inc ................     (9.9)   (92.2)     (89.7)
  Wichita and Topeka Cellular .................   (100.0)      -          -
  NordicTel Holdings AB........................   (153.0)      -          -
  Other .......................................     (0.2)    (6.6)     (36.5)
Purchase of short-term investments.............   (814.0)      -          -
Other investing activities ....................    (28.0)   (40.8)     (33.1)
                                                 -------- --------   --------
CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES ............ (1,441.4)  (491.9)    (430.2)
                                                 -------- --------   --------
(Continued on next page)

                                     F-72








                                    <PAGE>

                     PACTEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)


                                                     For the Year Ended
                                                        December 31,
                                               ----------------------------
($ millions)                                      1993      1992      1991
                                               --------- --------- ---------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Retirement of notes and obligations payable...    (1.0)   (100.7)     (0.8)
Retirement of long-term debt from affiliate...  (234.5)       -          -
Distributions to minority interests in
  consolidated partnerships and corporations..   (30.3)    (41.5)     (28.1)
Contributions from minority interests in
  consolidated partnerships and corporations..     2.8       3.3       10.2
Dividends paid to parent......................  (113.6)   (108.3)    (125.3)
Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
  from affiliates.............................  (773.1)    275.5      351.3
Proceeds from non-current affiliate borrowings      -       85.0       40.0
Proceeds from issuing long-term debt..........    13.8       1.2       11.3
Proceeds from stock offering.................. 1,489.2        -          -
Equity infusion by parent..................... 1,179.8     212.2       71.4
Issuance of loan to affiliate.................    (6.8)    (30.0)     (79.4)
Loan repayments from affiliate................   106.5       5.5        4.2
Other financing activities....................    (1.5)     (9.1)      (0.2)
                                               --------- --------- ---------
CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES................ 1,631.3     293.1      254.6
                                               --------- --------- ---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
  CASH EQUIVALENTS............................   629.6       0.1       (6.5)
BEGINNING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...........    17.1      17.0       23.5
                                               --------- --------- ---------
ENDING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..............$  646.7    $ 17.1     $ 17.0
                                               ========= ========= =========






















                                     F-73








                                    <PAGE>


Investments in Unconsolidated Partnerships and Corporations
- -----------------------------------------------------------

Interests  owned   in  cellular   and  other  telecommunications   systems  of
unconsolidated partnerships and corporations are as follows:

                                                        December 31,
                                                    --------------------
($ millions)                                           1993       1992
                                                    ---------  ---------
Investments at equity.............................. $1,127.2     $913.6
Investments at cost................................     27.3       21.8
                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                    $1,154.5     $935.4
                                                    =========  =========
At equity:
Centel Cellular Company of Nevada
  Limited Partnership (Las Vegas, Nevada)..........      28%        28%
Metroplex Telephone Company (Dallas/Fort Worth,
  Texas)...........................................       -         34%
Tucson Cellular Telephone Company (Tucson, Arizona)       6%         6%
New Par (Ohio and Michigan)........................      50%        50%
Telecel Comunicacoes Pessoais, S.A. (Portugal).....      23%        23%
Mannesmann Mobilfunk GmbH (Germany)................      29%        28%
Tokyo Digital Phone Co. (Japan)....................      15%        15%
Kansai Digital Phone Co. (Japan)...................      13%        13%
Central Japan Digital Phone Co. (Japan)............      13%        13%
Telechamada-Servico de Chamada de Pessoas,
  S.A. (Portugal)..................................      23%        23%
Sistelcom, S.A. (Spain)............................      18%        25%
Cellular Communications, Inc. (Ohio and Michigan)..      12%        12%
Nevada RSA2 Ltd. Partnership (Lander, Nevada)......      33%        50%
Muskegon Cellular Partnership (Muskegon, Michigan).      41%        41%
CMT Partners (California, Texas, Missouri and
  Kansas)..........................................      50%         -
Omnicom, S.A. (France).............................      19%         -

In  May  1993, PacTel  purchased an  additional  0.75% interest  in Mannesmann
Mobilfunk GmbH ("MMO").

Cellular  Communications, Inc.    ("CCI") represents  the  only equity  method
investment for  which a quoted  market price  is available.   At December  31,
1993, the market  value of  this investment  was $235.8  million, compared  to
PacTel's recorded net  investment of $174.2 million.  PacTel  has the right to
purchase the remainder of CCI at a price reflecting private market value.

CMT Partners was formed  in September 1993 and the Metroplex Telephone Company
was one  of the investments  contributed by  PacTel in the  formation of  this
partnership.







                                     F-74








                                    <PAGE>

Investments in Unconsolidated Partnerships and Corporations (Continued)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                         December 31,

                                                    --------------------
                                                       1993       1992
                                                    ---------  ---------
At cost:
Fresno MSA Limited Partnership (Fresno, California).      1%         1%
GTE Mobilnet of California Limited Partnership
  (Salinas, Santa Cruz, and Santa Rosa, California).      -          3%
GTE Mobilnet of Santa Barbara Limited Partnership
  (Santa Barbara, California).......................     10%        10%
Cal-One Cellular Limited Partnership (Eureka, Calif)      6%         6%
IDC (Japan).........................................     10%        10%
Qualcomm (San Diego, California)....................      1%         1%


Qualcomm  represents the only cost method investment for which a quoted market
price is available.  At December 31, 1993, the market value of this investment
was   $10.6  million   compared  to   PacTel's  recorded  net   investment  of
$2.0 million.

Condensed   unaudited  combined   financial  information   for  unconsolidated
partnerships  and  corporations accounted  for  under  the  equity method,  is
summarized as follows:































                                     F-75








                                    <PAGE>

Investments in Unconsolidated Partnerships and Corporations (Continued)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 For the Year Ended December 31,

                       -----------------------------------------------------
                              1993              1992             1991
                       ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                Inter-            Inter-            Inter-
($ millions)           Domestic national Domestic national Domestic national
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net operating
  revenues ..........  $ 697.5  $ 527.7   $501.6  $ 75.9    $338.8  $  2.2
Cost of revenues ....    223.0    194.7    154.6    97.8     125.2    32.0
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit (loss)      474.5    333.0    347.0   (21.9)    213.6   (29.8)
Selling, general,
  administrative,
  and other
  expenses,net ......    277.3    555.8    226.2   244.7     178.1    53.9
Interest expense
  (income) ..........     10.8     10.7     11.8   (20.3)     11.7   (10.8)
Income tax expense
  (benefit) .........      6.5    (93.3)     2.2  (114.0)       -       -
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before
  accounting change      179.9   (140.2)   106.8  (132.3)     23.8   (72.9)
Cumulative effect of
  accounting changes.      8.5       -        -     51.4        -       -
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss) ...  $ 188.4  $(140.2)  $106.8  $(80.9)   $ 23.8  $(72.9)
                       ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Net income (loss) ...  $ 188.4  $(140.2)  $106.8  $(80.9)   $ 23.8  $(72.9)
Other partners' and
  shareholders'
  share of net
  income (loss) .....    110.4   (103.5)    60.0   (56.6)      5.2   (51.8)
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PacTel share of
  net income (loss)..     78.0    (36.7)    46.8   (24.3)     18.6   (21.1)
Cumulative effect
  of accounting
  change for income
  taxes recorded by
  PacTel.............       -        -        -    (13.7)       -       -
Amortization of
  goodwill and other
  intangible items ..     (7.6)    (0.8)    (5.7)   (0.5)     (3.1)   (0.3)
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Equity in net
  income (loss) of
  unconsolidated
  partnerships and
  corporations ......  $  70.4  $ (37.5)  $ 41.1  $(38.5)   $ 15.5  $(21.4)
                       ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========



                                     F-76








                                    <PAGE>

Investments in Unconsolidated Partnerships and Corporations (Continued)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------


Goodwill  and other intangible items are amortized primarily over forty years.
Commitments  for future  international  capital calls  are  $140.7 million  at
December 31, 1993.

CCI adopted Statement  of Financial Accounting Standards  No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes," ("SFAS 109"), effective  January 1, 1993.  PacTel's portion
of   the  increase  to  CCI's  net  income  from  adoption  was  approximately
$1.0 million.

New Par  and MMO meet the  conditions prescribed by the  SEC as "significant."
These holdings are  recorded as  equity investments at  December 31, 1993  and
1992.  Selected financial information follows:

                                          For the Year Ended December 31,
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                             1993              1992
                                     ------------------- -------------------
($ millions)                          New Par     MMO     New Par     MMO
                                     --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total operating revenues ..........    $435.8  $  518.5    $340.3   $  84.8
Total operating expenses ..........    $343.7  $  623.3    $270.4   $ 296.3
Depreciation and amortization......    $ 81.2
                                               $  118.6    $ 63.0   $  65.4
Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item and cumulative effects of
   accounting changes..............    $ 92.6  $  (67.7)   $ 69.3   $(102.4)
Net income (loss) .................    $ 92.6
                                               $  (67.7)   $ 69.3   $ (53.0)
Working capital (deficit) .........    $ 16.2
                                               $ (103.4)   $(15.9)  $ (79.8)
Total assets ......................    $790.4
                                               $1,221.1    $691.4   $ 850.7
Long-term obligations .............        -
                                               $  253.1        -          -
Total equity ......................    $702.0
                                               $  717.5    $615.4   $ 666.4























                                     F-77








                                    <PAGE>


Joint Ventures and Acquisitions
- -------------------------------

Cellular Communications, Inc.

On August 1, 1991, PacTel and CCI combined their cellular  telephone interests
in Ohio  and Michigan by forming  an equally owned joint  venture ("New Par").
PacTel also purchased an initial ownership interest in CCI of approximately 5%
for  $39  per  share,  or   approximately  $90.0  million  including   related
acquisition  costs.   During  1992,  PacTel increased  its holding  in  CCI to
approximately 12% through open market purchases of stock.  Both PacTel's joint
venture interest in New  Par and its purchase of CCI  shares are accounted for
under  the equity method.  The investment  in net assets contributed by PacTel
to the joint venture has been recorded at the same net book value reflected in
PacTel's consolidated accounts prior to closing.

PacTel and  CCI have entered into an  agreement (the "Merger Agreement") under
which CCI will, in October 1995, offer to redeem up to 10.04 million shares of
its  redeemable stock at $60  per share (the  "MRO").  PacTel  is obligated to
purchase from CCI at such price a number of newly issued shares of stock equal
to the number of shares purchased by CCI in the MRO.  At the same time, PacTel
is obligated to purchase from CCI shares or stock options  representing in the
aggregate approximately 2.4  million shares at a price of  $60 per share, less
the  exercise  price in  the case  of stock  options.  Pursuant to  the Merger
Agreement,  PacTel acquired approximately 5% of CCI  and obtained the right to
acquire all of CCI's remaining equity in stages over the next several years.

Beginning in August 1996, PacTel has  the right, by causing CCI to  redeem all
of its redeemable stock not held by PacTel (the "Redemption"), to acquire CCI,
including  its interests  in New  Par and  such other  CCI assets  and related
liabilities as  PacTel and  CCI  may agree  upon, at  a price  per share  that
reflects the  appraised private market  value of New  Par (and such  other CCI
assets and  related liabilities as  PacTel and  CCI agree  shall be  retained)
determined  in accordance with  an appraisal process  set forth in  the Merger
Agreement.

PacTel has the opportunity to evaluate  up to three different appraisal values
during  the 18-month  period beginning  in August  1996, prior  to determining
whether  to  cause the  Redemption.   PacTel  will  finance the  Redemption by
providing to CCI any necessary funds.

In  the event that PacTel does not exercise its right to cause the Redemption,
CCI is  obligated to  promptly  commence a  process to  sell  itself (and,  if
directed by  PacTel, PacTel's interest in  New Par). In the  event that PacTel
does not direct CCI to sell its interest in New Par such partnership dissolves
and  the assets  are returned  to the  contributing partner.  CCI may,  in the
alternative, purchase PacTel's interest in CCI or CCI and New Par, as the case
may be,  at a price based upon their appraised values determined in accordance
with the Merger Agreement.   If CCI or its interest in New Par  is sold within
certain specified time periods not  to exceed two years for a price  less than
the appraised private market value,  PacTel is obligated to pay to  each other
CCI stockholder a specified percentage of such shortfall.




                                     F-78








                                    <PAGE>

Joint Ventures and Acquisitions (Continued)
- -------------------------------------------

In  connection with  the CCI  transaction, Pacific  Telesis Group  delivered a
letter of responsibility  in which it agreed, among other  things, to continue
to  own a controlling interest in PacTel.   Pacific Telesis Group and CCI have
agreed to  the termination of such  letter of responsibility at  the time that
Pacific  Telesis Group  no  longer has  a  controlling interest  in  PacTel in
exchange  for  the  provision  by   PacTel  of  substitute  credit  assurance,
consisting of a $600.0 million letter of credit  and a pledge of up to 15%  of
CCI's shares on a fully diluted basis,  for PacTel's obligations in connection
with the MRO and for the payment of any make-whole obligation, respectively.

McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc.

In September 1993, PacTel  and McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc.   ("McCaw")
contributed  their respective cellular operations  in San Francisco, San Jose,
Dallas, Kansas City (Missouri/Kansas)  and certain adjoining areas to  a joint
venture with  equal  ownership  by  each  company.    The  new  venture  ("CMT
Partners") manages two large cellular regional networks covering an  estimated
population  of 9.2 million people.  (PacTel previously had operations covering
an estimated population  of 4.5 million  people in  the joint venture  service
area.) In a related  transaction, PacTel purchased McCaw's Wichita  and Topeka
systems for $100.0 million.

PacTel Teletrac

PacTel  Teletrac ("Teletrac"),  a start-up  company offering  vehicle location
services in six markets in the United States, is 51% owned by PacTel, and thus
its  operations are  consolidated  with PacTel.    Effective March  31,  1992,
Teletrac exercised its  option to acquire all  of the assets  of International
Teletrac  Systems ("ITS").  The acquisition price  was $9.5 million to be paid
over two years and the creation of a $69.7 million "preferred capital account"
for the benefit of ITS,  which Teletrac accounted for as long-term  debt. This
amount  was netted with a $20.2 million  receivable from ITS and was reflected
as $49.5  million long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December
31, 1992.   This $49.5  million debt  has since been  retired.   Additionally,
PacTel's 49% partner in Teletrac provided ITS with a 24% ownership interest in
Teletrac,  and, as a  part of the  purchase agreement,  Teletrac credited ITS'
capital account $2.5 million.

Prior  to the  March 31,  1992  acquisition of  ITS' assets,  Teletrac had  no
ownership interest in ITS.  However, PacTel had an obligation through Teletrac
to  ITS'  lender, who  had  funded the  substantial operating  losses  of ITS.
Because  of this  obligation, Teletrac  has consolidated  ITS for  all periods
presented.

As  of December  31, 1993,  PacTel had  advanced Teletrac  $170.5  million for
ongoing operating expenses.  Teletrac pays interest quarterly at Wells Fargo's
prime rate plus 2%.  Advances  issued prior to May 29, 1992 have  a three-year
term with an option  to extend for up to  an additional five years.   Advances
issued  after May  29, 1992  have a  six-year term.   PacTel  can convert  the
advances into additional  equity interests in Teletrac or Teletrac's corporate
successor.   The conversion  rate may  be based  on an  appraised  price or  a
percentage of  the price of  stock issued  in an initial  public offering  for
Teletrac's  corporate successor.  Such  initial public offering,  which may be

                                     F-79








                                    <PAGE>

Joint Ventures and Acquisitions (Continued)
- -------------------------------------------

solely  elected by the shareholders of the  minority partner of Teletrac, must
generally occur prior to March 31, 1995.

Teletrac   (including  ITS)   reported  pre-tax   losses  of   $41.6  million,
$49.1 million, and  $36.8 million  during 1993,  1992 and 1991,  respectively.
PacTel  does not  expect Teletrac's  operations to  be profitable  for several
years.  PacTel  intends to take actions to reduce  Teletrac's operating losses
and  does not intend to  expand Teletrac's operations  significantly until its
services  achieve a higher level of  commercial acceptance.  In February 1994,
PacTel reduced Teletrac's staff by 30% to approximately 200 employees.  PacTel
is continuously  evaluating and  considering other commercial  applications of
its technology and radio location spectrum.

NordicTel Holdings AB

In October  1993, PacTel  acquired a  51%  interest in  NordicTel Holdings  AB
("NordicTel"), one of three  providers of global digital cellular  services in
Sweden,  for  $153.0  million.    PacTel  also  contributed  $5.4  million  to
NordicTel's equity capital.   PacTel also holds an option  exercisable between
July 1 and September 30, 1994, to purchase an additional  6.75% of NordicTel's
equity for approximately $20.0 million.

Pro Forma Results

The  unaudited pro forma data  for significant acquisitions  occurring in 1993
include  the results of PacTel, Wichita and  Topeka, and PacTel's share of the
results  of CMT  Partners  and NordicTel.  The  results listed  below  reflect
purchase price  accounting adjustments  assuming the acquisitions  occurred at
the beginning of each year presented.  The unaudited pro forma results are not
necessarily  indicative   of  what  actually   would  have  occurred   if  the
acquisitions had been in effect for the entire periods and are not necessarily
indicative of the results of future operations.

                                                      For the Year ended
                                                        December 31,
                                                      ------------------
($ millions, except per share amounts)                   1993     1992
                                                      --------- --------
Net operating revenues................................  $844.3   $645.6
Income (loss) before extraordinary item
   and cumulative effects of accounting changes.......  $ 15.4   $(33.9)
Net income (loss).....................................  $  9.8   $(13.6)
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item and
   cumulative effects of accounting changes per
   share..............................................  $ 0.04   $(0.08)









                                     F-80








                                    <PAGE>

Commitments and Contingencies
- -----------------------------

Cellular Plus Inc.

A  complaint  has  been  filed in  San  Diego  against  PacTel's  wholly owned
subsidiary,  PacTel Cellular  ("Cellular"),  and  another  regional  telephone
company (Cellular's competitor in San Diego), alleging on behalf of agents and
dealers that Cellular engaged in price fixing of wholesale and retail cellular
service.

The  outcome of  this action  is  uncertain.   Accordingly, no  accrual for  a
contingency has been made.  PacTel intends to defend itself vigorously in this
action  and does not expect that any  unfavorable outcome will have a material
impact on its results of operations or financial condition.

Garabedian dba Western Mobile Telephone Company v. LASMSA Limited Partnership,
et al.
- -- --

A class  action complaint has been  filed naming as defendants,  among others,
Los  Angeles Cellular Telephone Company (LACTC) and PacTel, as general partner
for Los  Angeles SMSA Limited  Partnership.  The plaintiff  alleges that LACTC
and PacTel conspired to fix the price of wholesale and retail cellular service
in the Los Angeles market.  The  plaintiff alleges damages for the class "in a
sum in excess of $100 million."

On  January 31, 1994, PacTel filed a  demurrer to the complaint.  No discovery
has  been undertaken as  of March  3, 1994.   PacTel intends to  defend itself
vigorously.  PacTel does  not anticipate this proceeding will  have a material
adverse effect on PacTel's financial position.

Other

PacTel  is party to various other legal  proceedings in the ordinary course of
business.  Although  the ultimate  resolution of these  proceedings cannot  be
ascertained, management does not  believe they will have a  materially adverse
effect on the results of operations or financial condition of PacTel.

PacTel  has no material long-term  capital lease obligations.   Rental expense
for the  years ended  December  31, 1993,  1992 and  1991  was $33.3  million,
$31.9 million and $26.6 million, respectively.

PacTel  and  the  Pacific Telesis  holding  company  have  various letters  of
responsibility and  letters of support for  performance guarantees, refundable
security  deposits   and  credit   facilities  of  certain   subsidiaries  and
affiliates.   These  letters of responsibility  and letters of  support do not
provide for recourse  to either Pacific Telesis or to  PacTel.  Separately, as
of December 31,  1993 PacTel guaranteed approximately $10.4 million  owed by a
third party.  PacTel believes that the  likelihood of having to pay under  the
guarantee is remote.

A subsidiary of PacTel guarantees the liabilities of a third  party, for which
the  subsidiary  is indemnified  by  minority  shareholders unaffiliated  with
PacTel.   PacTel believes it is  remote that it will be  required to pay under
this guarantee.

                                     F-81








                                    <PAGE>

Additionally,  in  August  1993,  PacTel  provided  a  letter  supporting  the
commercial paper  program entered into by Telecel  Comunicacoes Pessoais, S.A.
in which PacTel may be liable for its proportionate  share of the loans issued
under the program if  certain loan covenants are not met.   As of December 31,
1993,  the potential liability is approximately $6.5 million.  PacTel believes
that  the likelihood of having to  pay under the letter is  remote.  (See also
Note  L "Acquisition and Joint Venture Contingencies - Spin-off Operations" on
page F-57.)

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
- -------------------------------------------

Compensation to Employees

Certain key PacTel employees are eligible for the grant of options to purchase
shares of Pacific  Telesis Group  common stock and  stock appreciation  rights
("SARs") under the Pacific  Telesis Group Stock Option and  Stock Appreciation
Rights Plan (the  "Plan").  The Plan  was adopted by Pacific  Telesis Group on
January 1, 1984.

Following the spin-off, it is expected  that outstanding awards under the Plan
as of the record date for the spin-off will  be replaced by PacTel awards (the
"Replacement Awards").   For stock options  and SARs, it is  expected that the
Replacement Awards will  have the  same aggregate exercise  prices, cover  the
same aggregate  fair market values of stock and continue the vesting schedules
and other conditions for exercise of the Pacific Telesis Group options or SARs
they replace.  The formula to determine the total number of Replacement Awards
to be  issued to PacTel employees is dependent on the respective market values
of the Pacific Telesis Group  and PacTel Common Stock  in the 10 trading  days
prior to the record date associated with the spin-off.  As such, PacTel cannot
accurately determine the number of Replacement Awards that will be outstanding
after the spin-off  date.  The  formula is a  fraction, with the  pre-spin-off
market value of  Pacific Telesis Group common shares as  the numerator and the
pre-spin-off market  value  of  PacTel's  Common  Stock  as  the  denominator,
multiplied  by the  number of  Pacific  Telesis Group  options held  by PacTel
employees.    At  December  31,  1993,  PacTel  employees  held  approximately
1.3 million options on Pacific Telesis Group common stock.

Compensation to Investment Advisers

Pacific  Telesis Group and PacTel have agreed  to the terms of compensation to
be paid  to Sterling  Payot Company, an  investment firm that  advised Pacific
Telesis Group and  PacTel. The terms require Pacific Telesis  Group and PacTel
to each issue 350,000 stock appreciation rights to Sterling Payot on the spin-
off date.   The exercise price for  one-half of the Pacific  Telesis Group and
one-half of PacTel  SARs is $30 per share and $20 per share, respectively, and
the exercise price  for the remaining  one-half is $36 per  share and $24  per
share, respectively. The agreement  provides that once SARs with  an aggregate
value of $6 million have been exercised, any remaining SARs expire and may not
be  exercised. The stock appreciation  rights are exercisable  for three years
from the date of issuance.






                                     F-82








                                    <PAGE>

International Operations
- ------------------------

PacTel's subsidiary,  Pacific Telesis  International ("PTI"),  provides paging
services through  two companies  in Thailand.   PacTel  assets in  that nation
totalled $34.9  million at December 31,  1993, and 1993 revenues  and net loss
totalled $26.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

PTI also has  substantial investments in consortia  that do business  in other
countries.  These  consortia, for the most part, are  start-up businesses that
are  either  in the  process of  constructing networks  or are  just beginning
operations.  One consortium,  Mannesmann Mobilfunk GmbH, operates the  world's
largest digital cellular network.  At the end of 1993, PacTel had a net
investment  in this  German consortium of  $234.2 million.   PacTel's share of
consortium  revenues and  net  loss  for  1993  totalled  $125.8  million  and
$20.6 million, respectively.

In Japan, PacTel owns an interest in three ventures that will provide cellular
services  to  various  metropolitan areas,  including  Tokyo  and  Osaka.   At
December  31,  1993,  PacTel's  net  investment  in  these  consortia totalled
$29.8 million.   No revenues were recognized  for 1993, and PacTel's  share of
the year's net loss was $4.2 million.

Another consortium,  Telecel Comunicacoes Pessoais, S.A.,  operates a national
digital  cellular system  in  Portugal.    PacTel's  net  investment  in  this
consortium at the end of 1993 totalled  $26.9 million.  PacTel's share of 1993
revenues and net loss was $14.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

In Sweden, PacTel owns a 51% interest in NordicTel,  one of three providers of
global  digital cellular  services  in Sweden.  PacTel's  assets in  NordicTel
totalled $77.9  million at December 31,  1993, and 1993 revenues  and net loss
totalled $1.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively.

While PacTel has chosen not to do business in nations with highly inflationary
economies,  it continues to  try to mitigate  the effects of  foreign currency
fluctuations through the use of hedges and local banking accounts.





















                                     F-83








                                    <PAGE>

Subsequent Events
- -----------------

In January  1994, PacTel's  cellular services  subsidiary signed  a definitive
agreement  to purchase  digital  cellular network  equipment  for use  in  the
greater Los Angeles area.   The contract is initially valued at  approximately
$77 million but could reach $130 million by the year 2000 depending upon final
system design specifications.

In  February 1994,  PacTel  signed a  commitment  letter authorizing  a  major
financial institution to proceed with arranging and syndicating a $600 million
revolving credit facility.  The proposed credit facility, which  is subject to
the  negotiation  and execution  of a  definitive  bank loan  agreement, would
provide  PacTel with funding for  general corporate purposes  and with standby
letters of credit to  support its obligations to purchase additional shares in
CCI under  the Mandatory Redemption  Obligation.   The new credit  facility is
anticipated  to close on or before the  spin-off and would replace an existing
letter of responsibility issued by Pacific Telesis Group.

In February  1994 PacTel announced a  new corporate name and  identity it will
use after  completion of  the spin-off.   The new  corporate name  is AirTouch
Communications.

In March  1994, the  Pacific Telesis Group  Board of  Directors announced  its
final decision to spin off PacTel's operations effective April 1, 1994.
































                                     F-84








                                    <PAGE>

Additional Financial Information
- --------------------------------

                                                 For the Year Ended
                                                     December 31,
                                            ----------------------------
($ millions)                                  1993      1992      1991
                                            --------  --------  --------
Wireless services and other revenues:
   Cellular service........................  $787.0    $681.7    $625.4
   Paging service..........................   148.7     117.9      98.0
   Vehicle location service................     4.0       2.4       0.7
   Other revenues..........................    47.6      32.8      25.4
                                            --------  --------  --------
   TOTAL...................................  $987.3    $834.8    $749.5
                                            ========  ========  ========

Miscellaneous income (expense):
   Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)  $ (3.4)   $  2.2    $ (1.4)
   Defined benefit plan settlement gain,
     net...................................     3.0        -         -
   Loss on sale of equipment...............      -         -       (3.3)
   Settlement of litigation................      -         -       12.0
   Other...................................    (0.1)     (1.2)     (2.1)
                                            --------  --------  --------
   TOTAL...................................  $ (0.5)   $  1.0    $  5.2
                                            ========  ========  ========

Capital expenditures, excluding
   acquisitions ...........................  $225.9    $231.0    $230.2
                                            ========  ========  ========


























                                     F-85








                                    <PAGE>

Proportionate Results of Operations
- -----------------------------------

Because  significant assets of PacTel are not  consolidated and because of the
substantial effect  of formation of New  Par and CMT Partners  on the year-to-
year comparability of PacTel's consolidated financial results, PacTel believes
that proportionate operating data facilitates the understanding and assessment
of its  consolidated financial  statements.  Unlike  consolidation accounting,
proportionate  accounting  is  not   in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles for  the cellular  industry.   Proportionate accounting
reflects the relative weight  of PacTel's ownership interests in  its domestic
cellular systems.

The  following  table sets  forth,  supplemental financial  data  for PacTel's
domestic cellular operations.   The table reflects the proportionate  share of
each entity  in which PacTel  has or  shares operational control  and excludes
certain  minority investments,  principally  PacTel's investments  in cellular
systems serving Dallas/Fort Worth, Las Vegas and Tucson, for which PacTel does
not receive timely financial and operating data and which in total represented
approximately five  percent of  its proportionate domestic  cellular operating
income  in  1993.    This  table  does  not  include  any  data  for  PacTel's
international cellular operations.

            Selected Proportionate Domestic Cellular Operations (1)

                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                          ----------------------------
OPERATING RESULTS ($ millions)              1993     1992(2)   1991(2)
                                          --------  --------  --------

Wireless services and other revenues....   $892.0    $699.4    $564.6
Cellular equipment sales................     40.2      24.8      19.3
Cost of cellular equipment sales........    (42.2)    (23.9)    (18.4)
                                          --------  --------  --------
Net operating revenues..................    890.0     700.3     565.5
                                          --------  --------  --------
Cost of revenues........................    116.3      98.7      80.0
Selling, general, and administrative
   expenses.............................    394.1     322.5     238.6
Depreciation and amortization...........    164.7     124.1      93.7
                                          --------  --------  --------
Total operating expenses................    675.1     545.3     412.3
                                          --------  --------  --------
Operating income........................   $214.9    $155.0    $153.2
                                          ========  ========  ========
Operating cash flow(3)..................   $379.6    $279.1    $246.9
                                          ========  ========  ========
Capital expenditures,
  excluding acquisitions................   $198.4    $199.8    $159.6
                                          ========  ========  ========







                                     F-86








                                    <PAGE>

Proportionate Results of Operations (Continued)
- -----------------------------------------------


                                             December 31,
                              ----------------------------------------
OPERATING DATA                   1993           1992           1991
                              ----------     ----------     ----------
POPs in controlled
  markets(4) ...............  33,595,000     32,264,000     30,806,000
Proportionate cellular
  subscribers(4) ...........   1,046,000        744,000        558,000
Penetration(5) .............        3.1%           2.3%           1.8%

(1)   The financial  and subscriber  information presented above  is unaudited
      and reflects  PacTel's proportionate domestic cellular  interests in its
      subsidiaries,  partnerships  and  joint  ventures,  except  for  certain
      minority cellular  investments which in total  represented approximately
      five percent  of  PacTel's  proportionate  domestic  cellular  operating
      income in 1993.  This proportionate presentation improves the period-to-
      period comparability of this  information but is not in  conformity with
      generally accepted accounting principles.

(2)   Prior  periods have been revised to agree with 1993 presentation format.
      Cellular equipment  sales and  the related  cost of sales  are now  both
      presented in the revenue section of the income statements.

(3)   Operating  income  plus  depreciation and  amortization.   Proportionate
      operating  cash  flow  represents  PacTel's  interest  in  the  entities
      multiplied by the entities' operating cash flow.  As such, proportionate
      operating cash flow does not represent cash available to PacTel.

(4)   POPs in  controlled markets and  cellular subscriber  data include  only
      those cellular systems  that are included in the  Selected Proportionate
      Domestic Cellular Operating Results shown in the table.

(5)   Proportionate  cellular   subscribers  divided   by  PacTel's   POPs  in
      controlled markets.



















                                     F-87








                                    <PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX
                                   --------

GRAPHIC AND IMAGE MATERIAL


Following is a  description of the  stock performance chart under  the heading
"Performance  Graph" on page 16,  entitled "Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative
Total  Return  for  Pacific Telesis  Group,  the  Six  Other Regional  Holding
Companies and  the S&P 500  Index."  This  information is  depicted in a  line
graph,  and the  left vertical axis  indicates the  dollar range.   The lowest
value for this range is $100.00, and it increases in $20 increments to the top
listed value  of $240.00.  The horizontal axis shows the time period beginning
with the  year 1988,  followed by  five consecutive year  intervals ending  in
1993.   The S&P  500 Index, represented  by a  series of dashes,  reflects the
following approximate values: 1988 -  $100; 1989 - $132;  1990 - $127; 1991  -
$166; 1992 -  $179; and 1993 -  $197.  The Six  RHCs, represented by a  dotted
line, reflects the following  values:  1988 - $100; 1989 -  $154, 1990 - $150;
1991 - $159; 1992 - $179; and 1993 - $208.  Pacific Telesis Group, represented
by a solid  bold line, reflects  the following values:   1988 -  $100; 1989  -
$170; 1990 - $160;  1991 - $165; 1992 - $173; and 1993 - $220.













































                                   <PAGE>


                                                                Attachment A
                                                                ------------
















                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP

                          1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN












































                                   <PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

ARTICLE 1.  INTRODUCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

ARTICLE 2.  ADMINISTRATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
      2.1   Committee Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
      2.2   Committee Responsibilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

ARTICLE 3.  SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
      3.1   Basic Limitation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
      3.2   Additional Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
      3.3   Dividend Equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2

ARTICLE 4.  ELIGIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
      4.1   General Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
      4.2   Outside Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
      4.3   Incentive Stock Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

ARTICLE 5.  OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
      5.1   Stock Option Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
      5.2   Number of Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
      5.3   Exercise Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
      5.4   Exercisability and Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
      5.5   Effect of Change in Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
      5.6   Modification or Assumption of Options.  . . . . . . . . . .    4

ARTICLE 6.  PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
      6.1   General Rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
      6.2   Surrender of Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
      6.3   Exercise/Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
      6.4   Exercise/Pledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
      6.5   Promissory Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
      6.6   Other Forms of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5

ARTICLE 7.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.1   SAR Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.2   Number of Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.3   Exercise Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.4   Exercisability and Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.5   Effect of Change in Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.6   Exercise of SARs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
      7.7   Modification or Assumption of SARs. . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

ARTICLE 8.  RESTRICTED SHARES AND STOCK UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
      8.1   Time, Amount and Form of Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
      8.2   Payment for Awards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
      8.3   Vesting Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
      8.4   Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units  . . . . . . . .    7
      8.5   Death of Recipient  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
      8.6   Creditors' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8













                                   <PAGE>

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----

ARTICLE 9.  VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
      9.1   Restricted Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
      9.2   Stock Units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

ARTICLE 10. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
      10.1  Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
      10.2  Reorganizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

ARTICLE 11. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

ARTICLE 12. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES  . . . . . . . . .    9
      12.1  Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
      12.2  Elections to Receive NSOs or Stock Units  . . . . . . . . .    9
      12.3  Number and Terms of NSOs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
      12.4  Number and Terms of Stock Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

ARTICLE 13. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
      13.1  Retention Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
      13.2  Shareowners' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
      13.3  Regulatory Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

ARTICLE 14. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
      14.1  Basic Rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
      14.2  Reduction of Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
      14.3  Overpayments and Underpayments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
      14.4  Related Corporations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

ARTICLE 15. WITHHOLDING TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
      15.1  General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
      15.2  Share Withholding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

ARTICLE 16. ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF AWARDS  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
      16.1  General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
      16.2  Trusts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

ARTICLE 17. FUTURE OF THE PLAN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
      17.1  Term of the Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
      17.2  Amendment or Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

ARTICLE 18. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13

ARTICLE 19. EXECUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16





















                                   <PAGE>

                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP

                          1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


ARTICLE 1.  INTRODUCTION.

      The purpose of  the Plan is  to promote the  long-term success of  the
Company  and  the  creation  of  shareowner  value  by  (a) encouraging  Key
Employees to  focus on  critical long-range objectives,  (b) encouraging the
attraction and  retention of  Key Employees with  exceptional qualifications
and  (c) linking  Key Employees  directly  to  shareowner interests  through
increased stock  ownership.   The  Plan  seeks to  achieve  this purpose  by
providing for  Awards in the form of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Options
(which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options)
or stock appreciation rights.

      The Plan  shall be governed by, and  construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of California (except their choice-of-law provisions).

ARTICLE 2.  ADMINISTRATION.

      2.1   Committee Composition.   The Plan shall  be administered by  the
Committee.    The  Committee shall  consist  of  two  or more  disinterested
directors of the Company, who shall be  appointed by the Board.  A member of
the Board shall be deemed to be  "disinterested" only if he or she satisfies
such requirements  as the Securities  and Exchange Commission  may establish
for disinterested administrators acting under plans intended  to qualify for
exemption under Rule 16b-3  (or its successor)  under the Exchange Act.   An
Outside Director shall not  fail to be "disinterested" solely  because he or
she  receives the  NSO grants  or the  Restricted Share grants  described in
Section  4.2 or  makes an election  under Article  12.   The Board  may also
appoint one or  more separate committees of the Board,  each composed of one
or more  directors of the  Company who  need not be  disinterested, who  may
administer the  Plan with respect to  Key Employees who are  not officers or
directors  of the  Company, may  grant  Awards under  the Plan  to such  Key
Employees and may determine all terms of such Awards.

      2.2   Committee Responsibilities.  The  Committee shall (a) select the
Key Employees  who are to receive  Awards under the Plan,  (b) determine the
type, number, vesting requirements and other features and conditions of such
Awards, (c) interpret the  Plan and (d) make all other decisions relating to
the operation of the Plan.  The Committee may adopt such rules or guidelines
as   it  deems  appropriate  to   implement  the  Plan.     The  Committee's
determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.


ARTICLE 3.  SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.

      3.1   Basic Limitation.   Common  Shares issued  pursuant to  the Plan
shall be  authorized but unissued shares or  treasury shares.  The aggregate
number of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Options and SARs awarded under the
Plan shall not  exceed 21,000,000.  The limitation of this Section 3.1 shall
be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 10.

      3.2   Additional  Shares.    If  Stock  Units,  Options  or  SARs  are

                                      1








                                   <PAGE>

forfeited or  if Options or SARs terminate for any other reason before being
exercised,  then  such  Stock Units,  Options  or  SARs  shall again  become
available for Awards under the Plan.   If SARs are exercised, then  only the
number of  Common Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs
shall  reduce the number available  under Section 3.1 and  the balance shall
again become available for Awards under  the Plan.  If Restricted Shares are
forfeited  before  any  dividends  have  been  paid  with  respect  to  such
Restricted Shares, then  such Restricted Shares shall again become available
for Awards under the Plan.

      3.3   Dividend  Equivalents.   Any  dividend  equivalents  distributed
under the Plan shall not be applied against the number of Restricted Shares,
Stock  Units, Options  or SARs  available  for Awards,  whether or  not such
dividend equivalents are converted into Stock Units.


ARTICLE 4.  ELIGIBILITY.

      4.1   General   Rules.     Only  Key  Employees   (including,  without
limitation,  independent contractors who are not members of the Board) shall
be eligible for designation as Participants by the Committee.  Key Employees
who are Outside  Directors shall only be eligible for the  grant of the NSOs
and  Restricted Shares described in  Section 4.2 and for  making an election
described in Article 12.

      4.2   Outside   Directors.     Any   other  provision   of  the   Plan
notwithstanding, the participation of Outside Directors in the Plan shall be
subject to the following restrictions:

            (a)   Outside  Directors  shall  receive  no  Awards  except  as
      described in this Section 4.2 and in Article 12.

            (b)  Upon the  conclusion of each regular annual meeting  of the
      Company's shareowners, each Outside Director who will continue serving
      as a  member of  the Board thereafter  shall receive  an NSO  covering
      2,000 Common Shares if such meeting occurs after the Distribution Date
      or  1,000 Common Shares if such meeting occurs before the Distribution
      Date  (subject to adjustment under Article 10).  Such NSO shall become
      exercisable in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

            (c)   All  NSOs  granted  to  an  Outside  Director  under  this
      Section 4.2 shall also  become exercisable in full in the event of (i)
      the termination of such Outside Director's service because of death or
      total  and permanent  disability  or (ii)  a  Change in  Control  with
      respect to the Company.

            (d)   The  Exercise Price under  all NSOs granted  to an Outside
      Director under this  Section 4.2 shall  be equal to  100% of the  Fair
      Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant, payable in one of
      the forms described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.

            (e)   All  NSOs  granted  to  an  Outside  Director  under  this
      Section 4.2   shall  terminate  on  the   earliest  of  (i)  the  10th
      anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) the date three months after the
      termination  of such Outside  Director's service for  any reason other
      than death,  total and  permanent disability or  Retirement, (iii) the

                                      2








                                   <PAGE>

      date  12  months  after  the termination  of  such  Outside Director's
      service  because of  death  or  (iv) the  date  36  months  after  the
      termination of  such Outside Director's  service because of  total and
      permanent disability or Retirement.

            (f)     Upon  the  conclusion  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the
      shareowners of  the Company to be held  in 1994, each Outside Director
      who  was appointed or first elected to  the Board on or after February
      1, 1991,  but before  January 1,  1994, shall receive  a grant  of 400
      Restricted Shares if such meeting  occurs after the Distribution  Date
      or  250  Restricted   Shares  if  such   meeting  occurs  before   the
      Distribution  Date   (subject  to   adjustment   under  Article   10).
      Restricted Shares granted in accordance with this Subsection (f) shall
      be 100% vested on the date of grant.

            (g)   Upon the  later to occur  of the conclusion  of the annual
      meeting of the shareowners of the Company to be held in 1994 or his or
      her  appointment or first election to the Board, each Outside Director
      who was appointed or first elected to the Board on or after January 1,
      1994, shall  receive a  grant of 400  Restricted Shares if  such event
      occurs  after the Distribution Date  or 250 Restricted  Shares if such
      event occurs before the Distribution Date (subject to adjustment under
      Article  10).    Restricted Shares  granted  in  accordance with  this
      Subsection (g) shall be 100% vested on the date of grant.

            (h)   Upon the  conclusion of  the first  annual meeting of  the
      Company's shareowners after the calendar year in which the grant to an
      Outside Director referred to in Subsection (g) above takes place, such
      Outside Director  shall receive an additional grant  of 400 Restricted
      Shares if such meeting occurs after the Distribution Date or
      250 Restricted Shares  if such meeting occurs  before the Distribution
      Date  (subject  to adjustment  under Article  10).   Restricted Shares
      granted in accordance with this Subsection (h) shall be 100% vested on
      the date of grant.

            (i)   Upon  the conclusion of  the second annual  meeting of the
      Company's shareowners after the calendar year in which the grant to on
      Outside Director referred to in Subsection (g) above takes place, such
      Outside  Director shall receive a final grant of 400 Restricted Shares
      if such meeting occurs  after the Distribution Date or  250 Restricted
      Shares if such meeting occurs before the Distribution Date (subject to
      adjustment under Article 10).  Restricted Shares granted in accordance
      with this Subsection (i) shall be 100% vested on the date of grant.

      4.3   Incentive Stock Options.  Only  Key Employees who are common-law
employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the
grant of ISOs.   In addition, a Key Employee  who owns more than 10%  of the
total  combined voting  power of  all classes  of outstanding  stock  of the
Company or any of its  Parents or Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the
grant  of an ISO  unless the requirements set  forth in section 422(c)(6) of
the Code are satisfied.






                                      3








                                   <PAGE>

ARTICLE 5.  OPTIONS.

      5.1   Stock Option  Agreement.  Each grant of an Option under the Plan
shall be  evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the
Company.  Such Option  shall be subject to all applicable  terms of the Plan
and may be  subject to any  other terms that  are not inconsistent with  the
Plan.  The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO
or an  NSO.  The provisions  of the various Stock  Option Agreements entered
into under  the Plan  need not  be  identical.   Options may  be granted  in
consideration of  a cash payment or  in consideration of a  reduction in the
Optionee's  other compensation.  A  Stock Option Agreement  may provide that
new Options  will be granted  automatically to the  Optionee when he  or she
exercises the prior Options.

      5.2   Number of Shares.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the
number of  Common Shares subject  to the  Option and shall  provide for  the
adjustment of such number in accordance with Article 10.  Options granted to
any Optionee  in a single  calendar year shall in  no event cover  more than
500,000 Common Shares, subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 10.

      5.3   Exercise Price.  Each  Stock Option Agreement shall specify  the
Exercise Price,  provided that the Exercise  Price under an ISO  shall in no
event be less than  100% of the Fair Market  Value of a Common Share  on the
effective date  of the grant  (which may  be later  than the  date when  the
Committee resolves  to make such  grant).   In the case  of an NSO,  a Stock
Option Agreement may  specify an  Exercise Price that  varies in  accordance
with a predetermined formula while the NSO is outstanding.

      5.4   Exercisability  and Term.    Each Stock  Option Agreement  shall
specify  the date when  all or  any installment of  the Option  is to become
exercisable.   The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the
Option;  provided that the term of an ISO  shall in no event exceed 10 years
from  the  date  of  grant.    A Stock  Option  Agreement  may  provide  for
accelerated  exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability
or retirement  or other events and  may provide for expiration  prior to the
end of  its term in the event of  the termination of the Optionee's service.
Options  may be  awarded in  combination with  SARs, and  such an  Award may
provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are
forfeited.  NSOs may also  be awarded in combination with Restricted  Shares
or Stock Units,  and such an  Award may provide  that the  NSOs will not  be
exercisable  unless  the  related  Restricted  Shares  or  Stock  Units  are
forfeited.

      5.5   Effect  of Change in Control.   The Committee  may determine, at
the time of granting an Option  or thereafter, that such Option shall become
fully exercisable  as to all  Common Shares  subject to such  Option in  the
event  that a Change in Control occurs with  respect to the Company.  If the
Committee  finds that  there is  a reasonable  possibility that,  within the
succeeding six  months, a Change in  Control will occur with  respect to the
Company, then the Committee at its sole discretion may determine that any or
all  outstanding Options  shall become  fully exercisable  as to  all Common
Shares subject to such Options.

      5.6   Modification or  Assumption of Options.   Within the limitations
of the Plan, the Committee may modify,  extend or assume outstanding options
or  may accept the cancellation  of outstanding options  (whether granted by

                                      4








                                   <PAGE>

the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new options for
the same  or a different  number of shares  and at the  same or  a different
exercise price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option
shall,  without the  consent of  the Optionee,  alter or  impair his  or her
rights or obligations under such Option.


ARTICLE 6.  PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES.

      6.1   General Rule.  The entire Exercise Price of Common Shares issued
upon exercise  of Options shall  be payable  in cash at  the time when  such
Common Shares are purchased, except as follows:

            (a)  In the case of an ISO granted under the Plan, payment shall
      be  made only  pursuant to  the express  provisions of  the applicable
      Stock Option Agreement.   The Stock Option Agreement may  specify that
      payment may be made in any form(s) described in this Article 6.

            (b)  In the case of an NSO, the Committee may at any time accept
      payment in any form(s) described in this Article 6.

      6.2   Surrender  of Stock.   To  the extent  that this  Section 6.2 is
applicable,  payment for all or  any part of the  Exercise Price may be made
with Common  Shares which have already  been owned by the  Optionee for more
than six  months.  Such Common  Shares shall be valued at  their Fair Market
Value on the date when the new Common Shares are purchased under the Plan.

      6.3   Exercise/Sale.     To  the  extent  that   this  Section 6.3  is
applicable, payment may be made by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the
Company)  of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the
Company  to sell  Common Shares  and to  deliver all  or part  of the  sales
proceeds to the Company in payment of  all or part of the Exercise Price and
any withholding taxes.

      6.4   Exercise/Pledge.    To  the  extent  that  this  Section 6.4  is
applicable, payment may be made by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the
Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Common Shares to a securities
broker or lender approved  by the Company,  as security for  a loan, and  to
deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or
part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

      6.5   Promissory  Note.    To  the  extent  that  this Section 6.5  is
applicable,  payment for all or  any part of the Exercise  Price may be made
with a full-recourse promissory note.

      6.6   Other Forms of Payment.  To the extent that this Section 6.6  is
applicable, payment  may be made in  any other form that  is consistent with
applicable laws, regulations and rules.









                                      5








                                   <PAGE>

ARTICLE 7.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

      7.1   SAR Agreement.   Each grant  of an SAR  under the Plan  shall be
evidenced by  an SAR Agreement between  the Optionee and the  Company.  Such
SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan  and may be subject
to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan.   The provisions
of  the  various SAR  Agreements entered  into under  the  Plan need  not be
identical.   SARs  may be  granted in  consideration of  a reduction  in the
Optionee's other compensation.

      7.2   Number of Shares.   Each SAR Agreement shall specify  the number
of  Common Shares  to  which the  SAR  pertains and  shall  provide for  the
adjustment of such number  in accordance with  Article 10.  SARs granted  to
any  Optionee in a  single calendar year  shall in no  event pertain to more
than  500,000  Common  Shares,  subject  to  adjustment  in accordance  with
Article 10.

      7.3   Exercise Price.   Each SAR Agreement shall  specify the Exercise
Price.    An SAR  Agreement may  specify an  Exercise  Price that  varies in
accordance with a predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding.

      7.4   Exercisability and Term.   Each SAR Agreement  shall specify the
date when all  or any installment of the SAR is  to become exercisable.  The
SAR Agreement shall  also specify the term of the SAR.  An SAR Agreement may
provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death,
disability  or retirement  or other  events and  may provide  for expiration
prior  to the  end of  its  term in  the  event of  the  termination of  the
Optionee's service.  SARs may  also be awarded in combination with  Options,
Restricted Shares or  Stock Units, and  such an Award  may provide that  the
SARs will not be  exercisable unless the related Options,  Restricted Shares
or Stock Units are forfeited.  An SAR  may be included in an ISO only at the
time of grant but may  be included in an NSO at the time of  grant or at any
subsequent time, but not later than six months before the expiration of such
NSO.   An SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable
only in the event of a Change in Control.

      7.5   Effect  of Change in Control.   The Committee  may determine, at
the time  of granting an SAR or thereafter, that such SAR shall become fully
exercisable as to all Common Shares subject  to such SAR in the event that a
Change in  Control occurs with  respect to  the Company.   If the  Committee
finds that there is a reasonable possibility that, within the succeeding six
months, a Change in Control will occur with respect to the Company, then the
Committee at its  sole discretion may determine that any  or all outstanding
SARs shall become fully exercisable as to all Common Shares  subject to such
SARs.

      7.6   Exercise of  SARs.  The exercise  of an SAR shall  be subject to
the restrictions imposed by Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange
Act, if applicable.  If, on the date when an SAR expires, the Exercise Price
under  such SAR is  less than  the Fair  Market Value on  such date  but any
portion of  such SAR has  not been exercised  or surrendered, then  such SAR
shall automatically be deemed to  be exercised as of such date  with respect
to such  portion.   Upon exercise of  an SAR,  the Optionee  (or any  person
having  the right to exercise the SAR  after his or her death) shall receive
from the Company (a) Common Shares, (b) cash or  (c) a combination of Common
Shares  and cash,  as the  Committee shall  determine.   The amount  of cash

                                      6








                                   <PAGE>

and/or the Fair Market Value of Common Shares received upon exercise of SARs
shall, in  the aggregate, be equal  to the amount  by which the  Fair Market
Value (on the date of  surrender) of the Common  Shares subject to the  SARs
exceeds the Exercise Price.

      7.7   Modification  or Assumption of SARs.   Within the limitations of
the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may
accept  the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company
or by another issuer) in return for the  grant of new SARs for the same or a
different number  of shares and at  the same or a  different exercise price.
The  foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an SAR shall, without the
consent of  the Optionee, alter or  impair his or her  rights or obligations
under such SAR.


ARTICLE 8.  RESTRICTED SHARES AND STOCK UNITS.

      8.1   Time, Amount and  Form of Awards.  Awards under  the Plan may be
granted in the form of Restricted Shares, in the form of  Stock Units, or in
any  combination of  both.   Restricted Shares  or Stock  Units may  also be
awarded in combination with NSOs or SARs, and such an Award may provide that
the Restricted Shares or Stock Units will be forfeited in the event that the
related NSOs or SARs are exercised.

      8.2   Payment  for Awards.  No cash consideration shall be required of
the recipients of Awards under this Article 8.

      8.3   Vesting  Conditions.  Each  Award of Restricted  Shares or Stock
Units shall become vested, in full or in installments, upon  satisfaction of
the  conditions specified  in  the Stock  Award  Agreement.   A  Stock Award
Agreement   may  provide  for  accelerated  vesting  in  the  event  of  the
Participant's  death,  disability  or  retirement  or  other  events.    The
Committee may determine, at the time  of making an Award or thereafter, that
such Award shall become fully  vested in the event that a  Change in Control
occurs with respect to the Company.

      8.4   Form  and  Time of  Settlement of  Stock  Units.   Settlement of
vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) Common Shares or
(c) any combination of both.  The  actual number of Stock Units eligible for
settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original
Award, based on  predetermined performance factors.   Methods of  converting
Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the
average Fair  Market Value of Common  Shares over a series  of trading days.
Vested  Stock Units may be  settled in a  lump sum or in  installments.  The
distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to
the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to
any later date.  The  amount of a deferred distribution may  be increased by
an interest  factor or  by dividend  equivalents.  Until  an Award  of Stock
Units is  settled,  the number  of  such Stock  Units  shall be  subject  to
adjustment pursuant to Article 10.

      8.5   Death  of Recipient.  Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable
after  the  recipient's  death  shall  be  distributed  to  the  recipient's
beneficiary or beneficiaries.   Each recipient of a Stock  Units Award under
the  Plan  shall designate  one or  more beneficiaries  for this  purpose by
filing the prescribed form with the Company.  A  beneficiary designation may

                                      7








                                   <PAGE>

be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before
the  Award recipient's  death.  If  no beneficiary  was designated  or if no
designated beneficiary  survives the Award  recipient, then any  Stock Units
Award  that becomes payable after the recipient's death shall be distributed
to the recipient's estate.

      8.6   Creditors' Rights.  A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights
other  than  those of  a  general  creditor of  the  Company.   Stock  Units
represent  an unfunded and unsecured  obligation of the  Company, subject to
the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Award Agreement.


ARTICLE 9.  VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

      9.1   Restricted  Shares.   The holders  of Restricted  Shares awarded
under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend  and other rights as the
Company's  other shareowners.  A Stock Award Agreement, however, may require
that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends  received in
additional  Restricted Shares.   Such additional Restricted  Shares shall be
subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to
which the dividends were paid.   Such additional Restricted Shares shall not
reduce the number of Common Shares available under Article 3.

      9.2   Stock Units.  The  holders of Stock  Units shall have no  voting
rights.  Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the
Plan  may, at the Committee's discretion, carry  with it a right to dividend
equivalents.  Such  right entitles the holder to be  credited with an amount
equal to all cash dividends paid on one Common Share while the Stock Unit is
outstanding.  Dividend  equivalents may be  converted into additional  Stock
Units.   Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash,
in  the form  of  Common Shares,  or in  a combination  of  both.   Prior to
distribution, any dividend equivalents  which are not paid shall  be subject
to the  same conditions and  restrictions as the  Stock Units to  which they
attach.


ARTICLE 10.  PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION.

      10.1  Adjustments.  In the  event of a subdivision of  the outstanding
Common Shares,  a declaration  of  a dividend  payable in  Common Shares,  a
declaration  of a dividend payable in a  form other than Common Shares in an
amount  that  has  a material  effect  on  the  price  of Common  Shares,  a
combination  or   consolidation  of   the  outstanding  Common   Shares  (by
reclassification  or otherwise)  into a  lesser number  of Common  Shares, a
recapitalization, a  spinoff or  a similar  occurrence, the  Committee shall
make such adjustments as  it, in its  sole discretion, deems appropriate  in
one or more of (a) the number of Options, SARs, Restricted  Shares and Stock
Units available for future  Awards under Article 3, (b) the limitations  set
forth in Sections 5.2 and 7.2, (c) the  number of NSOs and Restricted Shares
to  be granted  to Outside  Directors under  Section 4.2, (d) the  number of
Stock Units  included in  any prior  Award which has  not yet  been settled,
(e) the  number of Common Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR,
or (f) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR.   Except as
provided in this Article 10, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of
any  issue by the  Company of stock  of any class  or securities convertible
into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock

                                      8








                                   <PAGE>

of  any class, the  payment of any  stock dividend or  any other increase or
decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.

      10.2  Reorganizations.   In the event that the Company is a party to a
merger or other reorganization, outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Shares
and   Stock  Units  shall   be  subject  to  the   agreement  of  merger  or
reorganization.   Such agreement  may provide, without  limitation, for  the
assumption of outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent,
for  their  continuation by  the  Company  (if the  Company  is a  surviving
corporation),  for accelerated  vesting and  accelerated expiration,  or for
settlement in cash.


ARTICLE 11.  AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.

      The Company  may grant  awards under  other plans  or programs.   Such
awards may be settled  in the form of Common Shares issued  under this Plan.
Such Common  Shares shall be  treated for all  purposes under the  Plan like
Common  Shares issued in settlement  of Stock Units  and shall, when issued,
reduce the number of Common Shares available under Article 3.


ARTICLE 12.  PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES.

      12.1  Effective  Date.   No  provision  of  this  Article 12 shall  be
effective  unless and  until  the Board  has  determined to  implement  such
provision.

      12.2   Elections to Receive NSOs or  Stock Units.  An Outside Director
may elect  to receive his or  her annual retainer payments  and meeting fees
from the Company  in the form of  cash, NSOs, Stock Units,  or a combination
thereof.   Such NSOs and  Stock Units  shall be issued  under the Plan.   An
election  under  this Article 12  shall  be filed  with the  Company  on the
prescribed form.   The election  shall apply  only to  annual retainers  and
meeting  fees payable at least six months  after such form has been received
by  the Company.   The election may be  amended or canceled  by filing a new
form with the Company, but the new form shall apply only to annual retainers
payable and meeting fees at  least six months after it has been  received by
the Company.

      12.3  Number  and Terms of NSOs.  The  number of NSOs to be granted to
Outside Directors in  lieu of annual retainers  and meeting fees  that would
otherwise  be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the
Board.  The terms of such NSOs shall also be determined by the Board.

      12.4  Number and  Terms of Stock Units.  The number  of Stock Units to
be granted to outside Directors  shall be calculated by dividing  the amount
of the annual  retainer or meeting fee that would otherwise  be paid in cash
by the arithmetic mean of the Fair Market Values of a Common Share on the 10
consecutive trading days ending with the date when  such retainer or meeting
fee is payable.   The terms of such Stock  Units shall be determined  by the
Board.





                                      9








                                   <PAGE>


ARTICLE 13.  LIMITATION ON RIGHTS

      13.1  Retention  Rights.  Neither the Plan nor any Award granted under
the  Plan shall  be deemed  to  give any  individual  a right  to remain  an
employee, consultant or director of  the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary  or
an  Affiliate.   The Company and  its Parents  and Subsidiaries  reserve the
right  to terminate the service  of any employee,  consultant or director at
any time, with or without cause,  subject to applicable laws, the  Company's
certificate of incorporation and by-laws and a  written employment agreement
(if any).

      13.2  Shareholders'  Rights.   A  Participant shall  have no  dividend
rights,  voting rights or other rights as  a shareholder with respect to any
Common Shares covered by his or  her Award prior to the issuance of  a stock
certificate for  such Common Shares.   No adjustment shall be  made for cash
dividends or other  rights for which  the record date  is prior to  the date
when such certificate is issued, except as expressly provided in Articles 8,
9 and 10.

      13.3  Regulatory  Requirements.    Any  other provision  of  the  Plan
notwithstanding,  the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares under
the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules  and regulations and
such  approval by  any regulatory  body  as may  be required.   The  Company
reserves the  right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Common
Shares pursuant  to  any  Award  prior  to the  satisfaction  of  all  legal
requirements  relating to  the  issuance of  such  Common Shares,  to  their
registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration,
qualification or listing.


ARTICLE 14.  LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS.

      14.1  Basic Rule.     Any  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding, in the  event that the  independent auditors most  recently
selected  by  the  Board (the  "Auditors")  determine  that  any payment  or
transfer by the Company to or for the benefit of a Participant, whether paid
or payable  (or transferred or transferable)  pursuant to the terms  of this
Plan or otherwise (a "Payment"),  would be nondeductible by the Company  for
federal income  tax purposes  because of  the provisions  concerning "excess
parachute  payments" in section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate present
value of all Payments shall be  reduced (but not below zero) to  the Reduced
Amount; provided  that the Committee, at  the time of making  an Award under
this Plan or at any time thereafter,  may specify in writing that such Award
shall not be  so reduced and shall not  be subject to this Article 14.   For
purposes  of  this Article 14,  the "Reduced  Amount"  shall be  the amount,
expressed as a present value, which maximizes the aggregate present value of
the Payments without causing  any Payment to be nondeductible by the Company
because of section 280G of the Code.

      14.2  Reduction  of Payments.    If the  Auditors  determine that  any
Payment would be nondeductible by the Company because of section 280G of the
Code, then the  Company shall promptly give  the Participant notice  to that
effect and  a copy of  the detailed calculation  thereof and of  the Reduced
Amount, and the Participant may  then elect, in his or her  sole discretion,
which and how much  of the Payments shall be eliminated or  reduced (as long

                                     10








                                   <PAGE>

as after  such election the  aggregate present value of  the Payments equals
the Reduced Amount) and  shall advise the Company  in writing of his or  her
election within 10 days of receipt of  notice.  If no such election  is made
by the Participant  within such  10-day period, then  the Company may  elect
which and how much  of the Payments shall be eliminated  or reduced (as long
as  after such election  the aggregate present value  of the Payments equals
the  Reduced Amount)  and  shall notify  the  Participant promptly  of  such
election.    For  purposes  of  this  Article 14,  present  value  shall  be
determined  in  accordance  with  section  280G(d)(4)  of  the  Code.    All
determinations made by the  Auditors under this Article 14 shall  be binding
upon the Company and the Participant and shall be made within 60 days of the
date  when a  payment  becomes payable  or  transferable.   As  promptly  as
practicable following  such determination  and the elections  hereunder, the
Company shall pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the  Participant such
amounts as are then due to him or her under the Plan and shall  promptly pay
or  transfer to or  for the  benefit of the  Participant in the  future such
amounts as become due to him or her under the Plan.

      14.3  Overpayments and Underpayments.  As  a result of uncertainty  in
the  application of  section 280G  of the  Code at  the  time of  an initial
determination by the Auditors  hereunder, it is possible that  Payments will
have  been  made by  the  Company  which  should  not  have  been  made  (an
"Overpayment") or that additional Payments which will not have  been made by
the Company could  have been  made (an "Underpayment"),  consistent in  each
case  with the calculation  of the Reduced  Amount hereunder.   In the event
that the Auditors, based upon the assertion of a deficiency  by the Internal
Revenue  Service against the Company  or the Participant  which the Auditors
believe has a high probability of success, determine that an Overpayment has
been made, such Overpayment shall be  treated for all purposes as a  loan to
the Participant  which he or she  shall repay to the  Company, together with
interest  at the applicable federal  rate provided in  section 7872(f)(2) of
the  Code;  provided, however,  that  no  amount  shall  be payable  by  the
Participant to the  Company if and to the extent that such payment would not
reduce  the amount which  is subject to  taxation under section  4999 of the
Code.  In  the event that  the Auditors determine  that an Underpayment  has
occurred, such Underpayment  shall promptly  be paid or  transferred by  the
Company to  or for the benefit of the Participant, together with interest at
the applicable federal rate provided in section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

      14.4  Related Corporations.  For purposes of this Article 14, the term
"Company" shall include affiliated corporations to  the extent determined by
the Auditors in accordance with section 280G(d)(5) of the Code.


ARTICLE 15.  WITHHOLDING TAXES.

      15.1. General.   To the extent required by  applicable federal, state,
local  or foreign  law, a  Participant or  his or  her successor  shall make
arrangements  satisfactory  to  the  Company for  the  satisfaction  of  any
withholding  tax obligations that  arise in connection  with the  Plan.  The
Company shall  not be required to  issue any Common Shares or  make any cash
payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

      15.2  Share Withholding.   The Committee  may permit a  Participant to
satisfy all or part of his  or her withholding or income tax  obligations by
having  the Company  withhold all  or a  portion of  any Common  Shares that

                                     11








                                   <PAGE>

otherwise would be issued to him or her or  by surrendering all or a portion
of any Common Shares that he or she previously acquired.  Such Common Shares
shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on  the date when taxes otherwise
would  be withheld in cash.  Any payment of taxes by assigning Common Shares
to  the Company may be  subject to restrictions,  including any restrictions
required by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ARTICLE 16.  ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF AWARDS.

      16.1  General.   Except  as provided in  Article 15, an  Award granted
under the  Plan shall  not be  anticipated,  assigned, attached,  garnished,
optioned, transferred  or made  subject to  any creditor's  process, whether
voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law.  An Option or SAR  may be
exercised during the lifetime of the  Optionee only by him or her or  by his
or  her guardian  or legal  representative.   Any act  in violation  of this
Article 16  shall be void.   However, this  Article 16 shall  not preclude a
Participant from designating a beneficiary  who will receive any outstanding
Awards in  the event of  the Participant's  death, nor shall  it preclude  a
transfer of Awards by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

      16.2  Trusts.   Neither this Article 16 nor any other provision of the
Plan shall preclude a Participant from  transferring or assigning Restricted
Shares to (a) the  trustee of a trust that is  revocable by such Participant
alone,  both at  the time  of the  transfer or assignment  and at  all times
thereafter  prior to  such Participant's  death, or  (b) the trustee  of any
other trust to  the extent approved in advance by  the Committee in writing.
A transfer  or  assignment of  Restricted Shares  from such  trustee to  any
person other than  such Participant shall  be permitted only  to the  extent
approved  in advance by the Committee in writing, and Restricted Shares held
by such trustee shall be  subject to all of the conditions  and restrictions
set forth in  the Plan and  in the applicable  Stock Award Agreement, as  if
such trustee were a party to such Agreement.


ARTICLE 17.  FUTURE OF THE PLAN.

      17.1  Term  of the Plan.  The Plan,  as set forth herein, shall become
effective  on January 1, 1994; provided that all awards under the Plan shall
be contingent  on shareholder approval of the Plan on or before December 31,
1994 and  absent such approval  the Plan and  all awards granted  thereunder
shall  be null  and void.    The Plan  shall remain  in effect  until  it is
terminated under  Section 17.2, except that  no ISOs shall be  granted after
December 31, 2003.

      17.2  Amendment or Termination.   The Board may,  at any time and  for
any  reason, amend  or terminate  the Plan,  except  that the  provisions of
Section 4.2  relating to the  amount, price and  timing of Option  grants to
Outside  Directors shall  not be  amended more  than once  in any  six-month
period after the Plan becomes effective.  An amendment of  the Plan shall be
subject to the  approval of the  Company's shareholders only  to the  extent
required by  applicable laws,  regulations or  rules.   No  Awards shall  be
granted under the  Plan after the termination  thereof.  The  termination of
the Plan,  or any amendment thereof,  shall not affect any  Award previously
granted under the Plan.


                                     12








                                   <PAGE>


ARTICLE 18.   DEFINITIONS.

      18.1. "Affiliate" means  any entity  other than  a Subsidiary,  if the
Company and/or  one or  more  Subsidiaries own  not less  than  50% of  such
entity.

      18.2  "Award" means any award of an Option, an SAR, a Restricted Share
or a Stock Unit under the Plan.

      18.3 "Board" means  the Company's Board  of Directors, as  constituted
from time to time.

      18.4  "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following
events:

            (a)  Any  "person"   (as  defined  below)  is   or  becomes  the
      "beneficial owner" (as defined in  Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
      directly or indirectly, of securities of the  Company representing 20%
      or more of  the total voting power  represented by the  Company's then
      outstanding voting securities; or

            (b)  A  change  in the  composition of  the  Board occurs,  as a
      result of which fewer  than two-thirds of the incumbent  directors are
      directors  who either  (i) had been  directors of  the Company  on the
      "look-back date" (as defined below) or (ii) were elected, or nominated
      for election,  to the Board with  the affirmative votes of  at least a
      majority of the directors who had been directors of the Company on the
      "look-back  date" and  who were  still in  office at  the time  of the
      election or nomination; or

            (c)   The  shareowners  of  the  Company  approve  a  merger  or
      consolidation  of the Company with any other corporation, other than a
      merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of
      the  Company  outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to
      represent (either by remaining outstanding  or by being converted into
      voting  securities of the surviving entity) at  least 80% of the total
      voting  power represented by the  voting securities of  the Company or
      such  surviving entity  outstanding immediately  after such  merger or
      consolidation; or

            (d)   The  shareowners  of the  Company  approve (i) a  plan  of
      complete  liquidation of the Company or (ii) an agreement for the sale
      or  disposition  by the  Company of  all or  substantially all  of the
      Company's assets.

      For purposes of Subsection (a) above, the term "person" shall have the
same meaning as  when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d)  of the Exchange Act,
but shall exclude (i) a trustee  or other fiduciary holding securities under
an  employee benefit plan of the  Company or of a  Parent or Subsidiary, and
(ii) a corporation  owned directly or  indirectly by the shareowners  of the
Company  in substantially  the same  proportions as  their ownership  of the
common stock of the Company.

      For  purposes of Subsection (b) above, the term "look-back date" shall
mean the date 24 months prior to the change in the composition of the Board.

                                     13








                                   <PAGE>

      Any  other provision  of this  Section 18.4 notwithstanding,  the term
"Change  in Control" shall  not include either  of the following  events, if
undertaken at the election of the Company:

                 (i)  A transaction, the sole purpose of  which is to change
      the state of the Company's incorporation; or

                (ii)  A transaction, the result  of which is to sell  all or
      substantially  all of the assets of the Company to another corporation
      (the "surviving corporation"); provided that the surviving corporation
      is  owned directly  or indirectly  by the  shareowners of  the Company
      immediately following  such  transaction  in  substantially  the  same
      proportions  as   their  ownership  of  the   Company's  common  stock
      immediately preceding  such transaction;  and provided, further,  that
      the  surviving  corporation  expressly   assumes  this  Plan  and  all
      outstanding Awards.

      18.5  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      18.6  "Committee" means  a committee  of  the Board,  as described  in
Article 2.

      18.7  "Common  Share" means  one  share of  the  common stock  of  the
Company.

      18.8  "Company" means Pacific Telesis Group, a Nevada  corporation.

      18.9  "Distribution Date"  means the record date  for the distribution
of the common stock of PacTel Corporation to the Company's shareowners.

      18.10 "Exchange Act"  means the  Securities Exchange  Act of  1934, as
amended.

      18.11 "Exercise Price," in the case of an Option, means the amount for
which one Common  Share may be  purchased upon exercise  of such Option,  as
specified  in the applicable Stock  Option Agreement.   "Exercise Price," in
the case  of an SAR,  means an  amount, as specified  in the applicable  SAR
Agreement, which  is subtracted  from the  Fair Market  Value of  one Common
Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.

      18.12   "Fair Market Value"  means the market  price of Common Shares,
determined by the Committee as follows:

            (a)   If the Common  Shares were traded  over-the-counter on the
      date  in question but were not  classified as a national market issue,
      then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean between the last
      reported representative  bid and  asked  prices quoted  by the  NASDAQ
      system for such date;

            (b)   If the Common  Shares were traded  over-the-counter on the
      date in question and were classified as a national market  issue, then
      the Fair Market  Value shall  be equal to  the last-transaction  price
      quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date;

            (c)  If the Common Shares were traded on a stock exchange on the
      date in question,  then the Fair  Market Value shall  be equal to  the

                                     14








                                   <PAGE>

      closing price reported by the applicable composite transactions report
      for such date; and

            (d)  If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the
      Fair Market Value  shall be determined by the Committee  in good faith
      on such basis as it deems appropriate.

Whenever possible, the determination  of Fair Market Value by  the Committee
shall be  based on the  prices reported in  the Western Edition  of THE WALL
STREET JOURNAL.   Such determination shall be conclusive and  binding on all
persons.

      18.13   "ISO"  means an  incentive stock  option described  in section
422(b) of the Code.

      18.14  "Key Employee" means (a) a  common-law employee of the Company,
a Parent,  a Subsidiary or an  Affiliate, (b) an Outside  Director and (c) a
consultant  or adviser  who provides services  to the  Company, a  Parent, a
Subsidiary  or an  Affiliate as  an independent contractor.   Service  as an
Outside  Director  or  as  an  independent  contractor  shall  be considered
employment for all purposes of the  Plan, except as provided in Sections 4.2
and 4.3.

      18.15 "NSO" means an  employee stock option not described  in sections
422 or 423 of the Code.

      18.6 "Option" means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling
the holder to purchase one Common Share.

      18.17  "Optionee" means an individual or estate who holds an Option or
SAR.

      18.18 "Outside Director" shall mean a member of the Board who is not a
common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

      18.19  "Parent" means any corporation  (other than the  Company) in an
unbroken  chain of  corporations ending  with the  Company, if  each  of the
corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
total combined  voting power  of all classes  of stock in  one of  the other
corporations in  such chain.   A corporation  that attains the  status of  a
Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent
commencing as of such date.

      18.20  "Participant" means an individual or estate who holds an Award.

      18.21  "Plan" means  this Pacific Telesis Group  Stock Incentive Plan,
as it may be amended from time to time.

      18.22 "Restricted Share" means a Common Share awarded under the Plan.

      18.23 "Retirement" means that an Outside Director's service terminates
after he or she has served for three or more years as a member of the Board.

      18.24 "SAR" means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.

      18.25 "SAR Agreement" means  the agreement between the Company  and an

                                     15








                                   <PAGE>

Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to
his or her SAR.

      18.26 "Stock Award Agreement" means  the agreement between the Company
and the recipient  of a Restricted  Share or Stock  Unit which contains  the
terms, conditions  and restrictions pertaining  to such Restricted  Share or
Stock Unit.

      18.27 "Stock Option Agreement" means the agreement between the Company
and  an  Optionee  which  contains the  terms,  conditions  and restrictions
pertaining to his or her Option.

      18.28  "Stock  Unit"  means   a  bookkeeping  entry  representing  the
equivalent of one Common Share, as awarded under the Plan.

      18.29 "Subsidiary" means  any corporation (other than the  Company) in
an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the
corporations  other than  the last  corporation in  the unbroken  chain owns
stock  possessing 50%  or more  of the  total combined  voting power  of all
classes of stock in one  of the other corporations in such chain.   A corpo-
ration that attains the status of a Subsidiary  on a date after the adoption
of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.


ARTICLE 19.  EXECUTION.

      To record the  adoption of the Plan by the  Board effective January 1,
1994, the  Company  has caused  its  duly authorized  officer to  affix  the
corporate name and seal hereto.



                           PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP




                           By _____________________________



















                                     16








































































                                   <PAGE>

                       A D M I S S I O N   T I C K E T

Annual Meeting of Shareowners
Friday, April 29, 1994
Masonic Auditorium                                      M A P   H E R E
1111 California Street
San Francisco, California

Doors Open at 9:30 a.m.
Meeting Begins at 10:00 a.m.

                           Detach Proxy Card Here
............................................................................

                                                             PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                             Group

PROXY/VOTING INSTRUCTION CARD



     This proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors for the
                      Annual Meeting on April 29, 1994.

The  undersigned hereby appoints Philip  J. Quigley, William  E. Downing and
Richard W.  Odgers, and  each of them,  as proxies, each  with the  power to
appoint his substitute, and hereby authorizes  them to represent and to vote
as designated herein all the shares of Common Stock of Pacific Telesis Group
represented hereby and  held of record  by the undersigned  on February  28,
1994,  at the  Annual  Meeting of  Shareowners  to be  held  at the  Masonic
Auditorium, 1111 California Street, San  Francisco, California, on April 29,
1994, at 10:00 a.m., or any adjournments thereof, upon all subjects that may
properly come before  the meeting,  including the matters  described in  the
proxy statement  furnished herewith.   THIS PROXY,  WHEN PROPERLY  EXECUTED,
WILL BE VOTED IN  THE MANNER DIRECTED  HEREIN BY THE UNDERSIGNED  SHAREOWNER
AND IN  ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETERMINATION  OF THE NAMED PROXIES,  AND ANY OF
THEM, ON ANY OTHER MATTERS THAT MAY PROPERLY COME BEFORE  THE MEETING.  This
proxy  also provides voting instructions  for shares held  in the Shareowner
Dividend Reinvestment  and Stock  Purchase Plan  and,  if registrations  are
identical, shares held  in the  various employee savings  and benefit  plans
described in the proxy  statement.  IF THIS PROXY IS SIGNED AND RETURNED AND
NO DIRECTIONS ARE GIVEN, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" ITEMS A, B AND C AND
"AGAINST" ITEMS  D,  E AND  F SHOWN  ON THE  REVERSE  OF THIS  CARD, AND  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE DETERMINATION OF THE NAMED PROXIES, AND ANY OF THEM, ON
ANY  OTHER MATTERS THAT MAY PROPERLY COME BEFORE  THE MEETING.  (If you have
made any comments on this side of  the card, please mark the comments box on
the reverse of this card.)

                       P.O. Box 9018
                       Boston, MA 02205-8650

  YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT.  PLEASE SIGN AND DATE ON THE REVERSE AND PROMPTLY
      RETURN C/O BANK OF BOSTON, P.O. BOX 9018, BOSTON, MA 02205-8650.













                                   <PAGE>

                                                             PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                             Group

March 19, 1994



Dear Shareowner:


It is  a pleasure  to  invite you  to Pacific  Telesis  Group's 1994  Annual
Meeting of Shareowners, our tenth Annual  Meeting.  The meeting will be held
on  April 29, 1994, at the  Masonic Auditorium, 1111  California Street, San
Francisco, California.

I hope you  will be able to join  us to review the  year and take a  look at
what  the future holds  for the Corporation.   An Assistive Listening System
will be available and an American Sign Language interpreter will  be present
at the  meeting to assist  shareowners with impaired  hearing.  The  meeting
location is  also accessible  to wheelchairs.   A limited number  of parking
spaces, on a first come, first served basis, will be available in the garage
adjacent to the auditorium.  IF  YOU DO ATTEND, PLEASE BE SURE TO  BRING THE
ADMISSION TICKET THAT APPEARS ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS LETTER.

Whether or  not you  plan to  be at the  meeting, it  is important  that you
exercise  your  right to  vote as  a  shareowner of  Pacific  Telesis Group.
PLEASE VOTE  YOUR PREFERENCES ON THE  PROXY CARD BELOW, DETACH  IT FROM THIS
LETTER AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED.

I look forward to seeing you at the meeting, and on behalf of the management
and directors  of  Pacific Telesis  Group,  I want  to  thank you  for  your
continued support and confidence in 1994.


Sincerely,




Philip J. Quigley
Chairman of the Board - Designate




                         Admission Ticket on Reverse
                           Detach Proxy Card Here
............................................................................


















                                   <PAGE>


                          X    Please mark votes as in this example.
                       -------

                       Director Nominees are:

                       H.  E.   Gallegos,  P.  J.  Quigley,   T.  Rembe  and
                       S. D. Ritchey

                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                Directors recommend a vote "For"
                       ----------------------------------------------------

                                                FOR    WITHHOLD
                         A.  Election of
                             All Directors
                                              -------  ---------
                             FOR ALL
                             EXCEPT:          -----------------------------

                             ----------------------------------------------

                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                         B.  Ratification
                             of Auditors
                                              -------  --------  ----------


                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                         C.  Approval
                             of Stock
                             Incentive Plan
                                              -------  --------  ----------

                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                Directors recommend a vote "Against"
                       ----------------------------------------------------





























                                   <PAGE>



                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                         D.  Eliminate the
                             Staggered Board
                                              -------  --------  ---------

                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                         E.  Ceiling
                             on Executive
                             Salaries
                                              -------  --------  ---------


                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                         F.  Link CEO
                             Compensation
                             to Corporate
                             Performance

                                              -------  --------  ----------


                             Comments:
                                      -------------------------------------


                                   Will attend meeting         ------


                                   Please note comments        ------

                                   Stop mailing more than
                                   one summary annual
                                   report to this address      ------


                                   Please keep my
                                   vote confidential           ------



























                                   <PAGE>





                PLEASE SIGN THIS PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY WHETHER OR NOT
                YOU   PLAN  TO  ATTEND  THE  MEETING.    If  signing  for  a
                corporation  or  partnership,  or  as agent,    attorney  or
                fiduciary, indicate  the capacity in which  you are signing.
                If you do attend the meeting  and decide to vote by  ballot,
                such vote will supersede this proxy.


                SIGN HERE AS
                NAME(S) APPEARS AT LEFT

                x _____________________________  Date ________________

                x _____________________________  Date ________________
















































































































                                   <PAGE>


                                                             PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                             Group


PROXY/VOTING INSTRUCTION CARD



     This proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors for the
                      Annual Meeting on April 29, 1994.

The  undersigned hereby appoints Philip  J. Quigley, William  E. Downing and
Richard W.  Odgers, and  each of them,  as proxies,  each with the  power to
appoint his substitute, and  hereby authorizes them to represent and to vote
as designated herein all the shares of Common Stock of Pacific Telesis Group
held of  record by  the  undersigned on  February 28,  1994,  at the  Annual
Meeting of Shareowners to be held at the Masonic Auditorium, 1111 California
Street,  San Francisco, California, on April 29, 1994, at 10:00 a.m., or any
adjournments  thereof, upon all subjects  that may properly  come before the
meeting, including  the matters described  in the proxy  statement furnished
herewith.  THIS PROXY, WHEN  PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN  THE MANNER
DIRECTED HEREIN BY  THE UNDERSIGNED  SHAREOWNER AND IN  ACCORDANCE WITH  THE
DETERMINATION OF  THE NAMED PROXIES, AND  ANY OF THEM, ON  ANY OTHER MATTERS
THAT MAY  PROPERLY COME BEFORE  THE MEETING.   IF THIS  PROXY IS  SIGNED AND
RETURNED  AND NO DIRECTIONS ARE GIVEN, THIS  PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" ITEMS
A, B, AND C   AND "AGAINST" ITEMS D,  E, AND F SHOWN ON THE  REVERSE OF THIS
CARD, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETERMINATION OF THE NAMED PROXIES, AND ANY
OF THEM, ON ANY OTHER MATTERS THAT MAY PROPERLY COME BEFORE THE MEETING.





































                                   <PAGE>


                          X    Please mark votes as in example.
                       -------


                     -----------------------------------------------------
                                Directors recommend a vote "For"
                     -----------------------------------------------------

                     Director Nominees are:

                     H.  E. Gallegos,  P.  J. Quigley,  T.  Rembe and  S. D.
                     Ritchey



                                             FOR    WITHHOLD
                       A.  Election of
                           All Directors
                                           -------  --------
                           FOR ALL
                           EXCEPT:         -----------------------------



                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       B.  Ratification
                           of Auditors
                                          -------  --------  ----------


                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       C.  Approval
                           of Stock
                           Incentive
                           Plan
                                          -------  --------  ----------





























                                   <PAGE>

                     ----------------------------------------------------
                              Directors recommend a vote "Against"
                     ----------------------------------------------------


                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       D.  Eliminate the
                           Staggered Board
                                          -------  --------  ---------


                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       E.  Ceiling on
                           Executive
                           Salaries

                                          -------  --------  ---------


                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       F.  Link CEO
                           Compensation
                           to Corporate
                           Performance
                                          -------  --------  ---------

                     ----------------------------------------------------

               PLEASE  SIGN THIS PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY WHETHER OR NOT
               YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING.  If signing for a corporation
               or  partnership,  or  as  an agent,  attorney  or  fiduciary,
               indicate the capacity in which you are signing.




               x _____________________________  Date ________________

               x _____________________________  Date ________________





























© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission